Back to GetFilings.com



 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


x                              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

OR

o                                 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                         to                        

Commission file number 000-31337

WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE

94-1402710

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

401 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California

95134

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

(408) 577-6200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  COMMON STOCK $0.01 PAR VALUE (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x  No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. o

As of June 27, 2004, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $114,242,377 (based upon the $3.74 closing price of the common stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market on June 25, 2004).

As of March 28, 2005 there were 63,727,232 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None

 




 

SPECIAL NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, the shareholders’ annual report, press releases and certain information provided periodically in writing or orally by the Company’s officers, directors or agents contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws that also involve substantial uncertainties and risks. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, our beliefs and our assumptions. Words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks” and “estimates” and variations of these words and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed, implied or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. In addition, the forward-looking events discussed in this annual report might not occur. These risks and uncertainties include, among others, those described in the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors.”  Readers should also carefully review the risk factors described in the other documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We assume no obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements or risks and uncertainties to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

2




 

WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

4

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

34

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

34

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

34

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

35

 

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

38

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

41

 

Item 7a.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks

 

61

 

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data

 

62

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

106

 

Item 9a.

Controls and Procedures

 

106

 

Item 9b.

Other Information

 

107

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

107

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

112

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

118

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

120

 

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

121

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

 

122

 

 

Signatures

 

125

 

 

3




PART I

Item 1.                        BUSINESS

Overview

We are a radio frequency (“RF”) devices company providing radio frequency products worldwide to communications equipment companies and service providers. We design, develop and manufacture innovative, high performance products for both current and next generation wireless and wireline networks, defense and homeland security systems and RF identification systems. Our products are comprised of advanced, highly functional RF semiconductors, components and integrated assemblies which seek to address the RF challenges of these various systems. Our commercial communications products are used by telecommunication and broadband cable equipment manufacturers supporting and facilitating mobile communications, enhanced voice services, data and image transport. Our objective is to be the leading supplier of innovative RF semiconductors products.

WJ Communications, Inc. (formerly Watkins-Johnson Company, “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) was founded in 1957 in Palo Alto, California, and for many years we focused on RF microwave devices for defense electronics and space communications systems. Beginning in the 1990s, we began applying our RF design, semiconductor technology and integration capabilities to address the growing opportunities for commercial communications products. We believe that our history of designing high quality, reliable products and our long-standing relationships with industry-leading customers is an important competitive advantage. We were originally incorporated in California and reincorporated in Delaware in August 2000.

Since early 2002, we have undertaken several strategic initiatives to focus on our competitive advantages and dedicate our resources to the RF semiconductors and modules. As part of these initiatives, we sold our wireless repeater and thin-film product lines and exited the fiber optic and fixed wireless assemblies markets. On June 18, 2004, we acquired the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets of EiC Corporation, a California corporation and EiC Enterprises Limited (together “EiC”). We believe that the addition of EiC’s technical expertise further enhances WJ’s strategy of offering customers what we believe to be industry leading products for the wireless infrastructure market.

Our principal executive offices are located at 401 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number at that location is (408) 577-6200. Our Internet address is www.wj.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports and other Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, filings are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not intended to be part of this report. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market and traded under the symbol “WJCI”.

Recent Developments

On January 28, 2005 we acquired Telenexus, Inc. (“Telenexus”) which designs, develops, manufactures and markets radio frequency identification (“RFID”) reader products for a broad range of industries and markets. We believe the addition of Telenexus’ RFID products and technology will allow us to continue to enhance our RFID reader offerings to further capitalize on market opportunities.

4




Industry Background

Industry overview

We believe several important trends provide long-term growth opportunities for RF technology in markets such as wireless communications, broadband cable, RFID, defense and homeland security. Market trends that drive the growth in demand for high-performance RF products include:

·       Growth in the number of wireless subscribers and an increase in consumer demand for advanced data services. The worldwide wireless communications industry has grown considerably in recent years and continues to grow, with the number of subscribers expected to grow from 1.3 billion in 2003 to 1.7 billion in 2007 according to IDC, representing a 7% compound annual growth rate. At the same time, mobile subscribers are increasingly demanding data services in addition to traditional voice telephony services. To meet this demand, network operators are building new and upgrading existing mobile networks to offer greater network capacity and speed to deliver voice and data services. These next generation wireless networks require new equipment based on more advanced RF technology.

·       Demand for high performance broadband cable network services. In recent years, many cable network operators have begun to upgrade their network infrastructure to support high-speed data services, a broad selection of digital television channels and voice telephony services. To support these enhanced services, cable network operators are upgrading their network infrastructure with equipment that utilizes high frequency RF technologies.

·       Potential broad deployment of RFID technology. RFID offers the potential for substantial productivity gains and operational cost savings because it enables real-time knowledge of greater amounts of unique product data than can be delivered by conventional technology, such as product type, date of manufacture, serial number and expiration date. The technology has been successfully used in several applications to date, such as Exxon Mobil’s Speedpass™, and several recent announcements indicate a growing desire of companies to implement RFID technology, including Wal Mart’s announcement that it’s 100 top suppliers must be RFID compliant in 2005 and a Department of Defense statement that its suppliers must use RFID tags by early 2005. According to Venture Development Corporation, the RFID market is forecasted to grow from $965 million in 2002 to $2.7 billion in 2007, representing a 23% compound annual growth rate. We are targeting the UHF reader segment of that market.

·       Expansion of defense and homeland security markets. Growth in defense electronic spending is expected to be driven by a newly heightened focus on defense and the need for modernization of electronic systems and platforms. New homeland security initiatives, such as the development of secure radios for law enforcement personnel, will also require advanced RF technology. Department of Defense and homeland security initiatives are dependent upon RF, microwave and power system applications, creating additional opportunities for RF suppliers.

Network Infrastructure

Consumers and businesses are continually seeking improved connectivity, mobility, functionality, reliability and bandwidth from voice and data networks. Increased deployment and use of wireless communications systems and the rise of cable and wireless Internet applications has also placed additional demands on network infrastructure.

Wireless communications and broadband cable service providers continue to make investments in network infrastructure to expand capacity and offer a broader range of services to support the changing needs of end users while reducing their operating costs. In addition, wireless network operators and service providers have begun to announce their plans for deployment of next generation wireless services and

5




networks, referred to in the industry as 2.5G and 3G networks. These networks will offer subscribers increased speeds, additional application capabilities, and broader compatible coverage across geographies. To meet these objectives, network operators are building new and upgrading existing mobile networks to offer greater network capacity and speed to deliver voice and data services. These next generation wireless networks require new equipment based on more advanced RF semiconductor technology. In broadband cable networks, operators have begun to upgrade their network infrastructure to support high-speed data services, a broad selection of digital television channels, video-on-demand and voice telephony services. To support these enhanced services, cable network operators are upgrading their network infrastructure with equipment that utilizes high frequency RF technologies.

Original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) must develop systems to meet the requirements of communications service providers. In meeting these requirements, OEMs face significant market and product performance pressures including cost reduction, higher performance, greater reliability and shorter time to market. OEMs are adopting new approaches in designing systems to deliver the performance and feature improvements that service providers require. In a typical communications system, the principal functional blocks are the RF subsystem, which receives, amplifies and transmits signals, the signal processor, which encodes and decodes digitized signals, and the antenna. Since the RF subsystem receives the signal, interfaces with the signal processor, and amplifies and transmits the signal, a system’s performance and signal quality are significantly affected by the RF subsystem. Some OEMs do not have the internal resources to address every aspect of a system’s RF performance. To lower their production costs and shorten product development cycles, OEMs are seeking innovative RF components from third-party suppliers. We believe that there is a substantial market opportunity for a third-party supplier of high performance RF components who can meet the needs for flexibility, performance and value required by OEMs.

RF components are generally technically sensitive devices that demand circuit design expertise and sophisticated process technology. A process technology is a method of manufacturing semiconductor devices and circuits using a given wafer material. Many RF component suppliers have made significant investments in their own wafer fabrication facilities (“fabs”) which are typically based on a single process technology. As a result, RF component suppliers with wafer fabs generally focus most of their attention on developing products using their own process technology even if another process may be more appropriate for a given application. To adopt one of these other process technologies, these component suppliers would have to migrate their current facility to the other technologies, make significant capital investments in new wafer fabrication equipment or would have to develop relationships with merchant wafer fabs. Because all of these steps are expensive and time consuming, most RF component suppliers resist changing process technologies. As a result, it is difficult for a single RF component supplier to supply a broad range of products that meet all the requirement of the major OEMs, thus allowing multiple suppliers targeting different segments of the markets.

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)

Radio frequency identification, or RFID, is a generic term for technologies that use radio waves to automatically identify individual items. In general, the system consists of an RFID tag, which contain the identification of the item tagged, and an RFID reader, which sends out a radio wave signal to read the information contained on the tag. The RFID tag is made up of a microchip with an antenna, and it can be either passive or active. Passive RFID tags contain no internal power source such as a battery. To read a passive RFID tag, the reader sends out electromagnetic waves. Passive RFID tags draw power from these electromagnetic waves and use it to power the microchip’s circuits. The microchip modulates the waves that the tag reflects back to the reader and the reader converts the returned waves into digital data. The digital data is then passed on to a host computer that can make use of the data. Active RFID tags operate

6




more or less in the same manner except that the tags have a battery; this internal power supply in the tag allows for active response to the reader as well as active data manipulation on the tag.

Profitable and effective commercial RFID systems have been in operation for over a decade. The current market is driven by traditional applications such as security/access control, automobile immobilization, toll collection, and transportation. Many other applications are in the early adoption phase, including pallet tracking, point of sale commerce, baggage handling. There are notable obstacles to overcome before significant growth can be seen, including but not limited to, acceptable industry and application standards, cost, end user education, frequency regulations, power restrictions, the weakness of indirect channel support and the highly fragmented competitive environment.

In addition to a high number of trial applications, there have also been many real implementations across several industries. For example, numerous libraries, labs, hospitals, warehouses, retailers, commercial laundries, and automobile manufacturers implemented RFID for applications such as item, material and asset management. This penetration into vertical industries occurs as a growing number of systems integrators and software companies who serve these industries continue to form relationships with RFID hardware vendors. RFID hardware manufactures are also welcoming service providers who specialize in warehouse management, logistics services, asset management, and industrial automation into their partner programs.

Going forward, the supply chain will begin to drive the RFID market. For example, Wal-Mart Stores Inc. (NYSE: WMT), Gillette Co (NYSE: G) and the United States Department of Defense mandates for their respective suppliers to deliver product RFID tagged at the case and pallet level have helped spur the industry to move beyond experimentation to implementation. We believe that the full Realization of the Transportation Recall Enhancement, Accountability, and Documentation Act mandated by the United States Congress in 2000 could also create opportunity for RFID readers. The next level in the supply chain will be item level tagging leading to the need for a high volume of shelf readers so that real time inventory tracking and shrinkage reduction can be put into place. In our view, the natural evolution for RFID will be into cell phones and other portable devices for point of sale applications.

The RF Challenge

Radio frequency (“RF”) semiconductor technology presents different engineering challenges than standard semiconductor design. In general, digital semiconductors are created from standard semiconductor circuit designs that have predictable performance. This permits an automated design process. Each RF component, however, has distinctly different characteristics that influence overall system performance in complex ways. Instead of having stable inputs and outputs, the RF circuit characteristics can drift based on process variations, temperature, power supply and other variables. As a result, performance characteristics are unique for each device, and the RF engineer must evaluate and develop new designs on a continuous basis for each system performance level and air interface standard. In addition to being skilled in semiconductor circuit design, the RF circuit designer must have a thorough understanding of signal processing principles, must understand the totality of the system for which the device is intended and must be able to create designs that function within the unique parameters of different wireless system architectures.

The knowledge and skills required to design and to manufacture RF semiconductors, components and integrated modules are unique and can take many years to develop. Manufacturers seek companies with the technical skills and engineering resources to design, manufacture and integrate RF semiconductors and the other advanced products required by current and future generations of wireless and cable communications equipment.

7




The WJ Communications Solution

With the ability to design and manufacture RF semiconductors, components, and integrated RF modules, and interface these assemblies with other network elements, we enable both current and next generation wireless and broadband cable networks, defense and homeland security systems and RFID systems worldwide. Our core technology lies within our advanced RF semiconductor designs.

Our RF expertise covers a broad range of frequencies used in advanced communications networks today. Our capabilities are comprised of the following key elements:

·       RF Design Expertise.   We have been designing RF and microwave products for more than 40 years and have developed significant RF design expertise. Our team of 78 highly qualified and talented engineering and technical employees is capable of applying this expertise to a variety of RF products. These products are optimized to achieve high performance with minimum cost.

·       Advanced Device Technology.   We have substantial expertise in designing and manufacturing highly linear semiconductor products that amplify and transform signals with minimal distortion and interference.

·       Manufacturability.   Our ability to rapidly convert new technologies and designs into completed RF semiconductors, integrated assemblies, and highly functional components products results from our flexible manufacturing operations and our manufacturing engineering expertise.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to be the leading supplier of innovative RF semiconductor products. To meet this goal, we intend to:

·       Leverage Our Technology Leadership and Our Design and Integration Expertise to Grow with Growing Markets.   We intend to target multiple growth markets such as RFID and defense and homeland security and expand our addressable market opportunities in wireless communications and broadband cable. We believe that as data throughput requirements expand in wireless networks the ability to meet the RF requirements becomes increasingly important and the market for RF products will grow accordingly. We intend to apply our RF design expertise to develop additional leading-edge products in each of the rapidly growing areas of the communications markets, focusing on the markets for RF semiconductors, modules and components. Due to the commonality of RF requirements in broadband cable and wireless communications networks, we have the flexibility to allocate our design and engineering resources to any or all of these markets and intend to use this flexibility to take advantage of market opportunities as they arise.

·       Maintain and Develop Strong Collaborative Customer Relationships with Industry Leaders.   We believe our reputation for product quality, technical performance, customer responsiveness, on-time delivery and cost competitiveness will help us to continue to maintain and develop a loyal customer base. We collaborate with many of our customers to design and develop new products for them as they develop new products. We plan to maintain our current, and develop new, customer relationships with industry leaders within wireless and cable communications markets.

·       Acquire and Develop New Technologies.   We intend to continue to augment our existing technology base and design capabilities by acquiring complementary technologies, design capabilities, manufacturing processes and product offerings for broadband cable applications. In June 2004 we acquired the wireless infrastructure business of EiC Corporation and EiC Enterprises Limited and in January 2005 we acquired Telenexus, Inc. which designs, develops, manufactures and markets RFID reader products for a broad range of industries and markets. In addition, we intend to

8




continue to focus our research and development efforts on emerging communications and RF technologies.

Products and Technology

We are committed to being a leader and innovator of RF products and believe that we are positioned to provide a broad portfolio of RF technology products. Our RF products are comprised primarily of semiconductors including amplifiers, mixers, transistors and multi-chip modules (“MCMs”), and RFID readers and reader modules. Our MCMs integrate multiple RF semiconductors, process technologies and functions in a single package allowing us to significantly reduce cost, power consumption and circuit board space. Our ability to design our semiconductors in multiple process technologies enables us to address a variety of end-markets and applications.

The following table summarizes the sales from our significant product lines:

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

December 31,
2002

 

Semiconductor and RFID

 

 

$

29,808

 

 

 

$

20,246

 

 

 

$

19,214

 

 

Wireless Integrated Assemblies

 

 

2,258

 

 

 

6,307

 

 

 

14,697

 

 

Fiber optic

 

 

270

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

6,245

 

 

Total

 

 

$

32,336

 

 

 

$

26,565

 

 

 

$

40,156

 

 

 

In the second quarter of 2003 we sold our Thin-Film product line, included in Semiconductor and RFID, to M/A-COM, a unit of Tyco Electronics. Our Thin-Film product line contributed $855,000 and $3.2 million to our semiconductor sales in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Wireless Integrated Assemblies and Fiber Optic businesses are at end-of-life, and we expect very modest contribution to sales from Wireless Integrated Assemblies and no contribution from Fiber Optic products.

Semiconductor Products and Process Technologies

Our semiconductor products include a broad array of high performance semiconductors that we manufacture for our own use as well as for sale to others. The primary markets for our semiconductor products are the wireless and broadband cable infrastructure markets.

Our semiconductor products are comprised primarily of amplifiers, mixers, multi-chip modules (“MCM”) and transistors. Amplifiers and transistors increase the level of signals while mixers translate a signal from one frequency to another. The strength of our semiconductor technology lies in our ability to design and in the case of our gallium arsenide semiconductor products, manufacture highly linear products. High linearity is one of the most critical performance parameters for broadband cable and wireless networks and represents a semiconductors’ ability to amplify and transform signals with minimal distortion and interference.

We have expertise in designing and manufacturing RF components in multiple process technologies. Some of these processes have been built in our own manufacturing operations and in other cases we have our products manufactured for us by an outside foundry.

Processes that we have been designing products in and/or supplying products from for over one year and which have been in production for greater than two years can be considered mature process technologies that are in the middle of their life cycle. We would typically expect to continue offering products from these technologies and/or designing new products in these technologies for at least a further two to three years. These processes include:

·       Gallium arsenide metal semiconductor field effect transistor (GaAs MESFET)

9




·       Gallium arsenide heterostructure field effect transistor (GaAs HFET)

·       Indium gallium phosphide heterojunction bipolar transistor (InGaP HBT)

·       Silicon On Insulator (SOI)

Processes that we have been using to design products on for less than one year can be considered developing technologies for the Company that are at the start of their life cycle. These processes would typically include:

·       Integrated combination of silicon-germanium heterostructure bipolar transistor and complementary metal oxide semiconductor (SiGe BiCMOS)

·       Silicon complementary metal oxide semiconductor transistor (CMOS),

There are other processes technologies that have been in production for some years, and are therefore considered as mature technologies. Recent versions of these processes may contain some special features that would make them developing production technologies. We are evaluating whether these ‘mature’ or ‘developing’ technologies could give us either a performance advantage or a price advantage, but we have not yet designed products in such processes. Process technologies that fall into this category include:

·       Silicon-germanium heterostructure bipolar transistor (SiGe HBT),

·       Gallium arsenide pseudomorphic high electron mobility transistor (GaAs pHEMT),

·       Silicon bipolar junction transistor (Si BJT),

·       Integrated combination of silicon bipolar transistor and complementary metal oxide semiconductor transistor (Si BiCMOS),

·       Laterally diffused complementary metal oxide semiconductor transistor (LDMOS)

Finally, there are emerging process technologies that we have identified as being suitable for future products. These emerging technologies are focused around advanced InGaP HBT processes that will allow us to expand into higher power products that operate at higher supply voltages. We have already begun production based on the 12Volt version of the InGaP HBT process. However, the 28Volt version of the InGaP HBT process is still in “pre-production” development stage.

RFID Reader Products

Our radio frequency identification (“RFID”) products are primarily UHF RFID readers. During 2003 we began to utilize our core RF design expertise and RF semiconductor integration IP to address the market’s need for low cost RFID readers capable of working in real world environments. In September 2003, we introduced an Auto-ID Center Class 1 EPC compliant reader operating in the 900MHz ISM band achieving significant improvement in reader performance with a substantial reduction in cost and form factor. By the end of 2003 we began production deliveries of this product and have completed development on a Class 1 EPC compliant reader operating in the worldwide 2.4GHz band. During 2004, we introduced our MPR5000 and MPR6000 multi-protocol readers operating in the 900 MHz ISM band in the industry standard PCMCIA form factor.

Wireless Communications Integrated Assembly Products

Our wireless integrated assembly products are primarily used in wireless infrastructure equipment, such as cellular base stations, which provide a combination of voice and data services to mobile users. These products include base station RF front ends, diagnostic and support equipment and repeaters. Base station RF front ends consist of filters and frequency converters, and are used in virtually every communications system to translate signals from one frequency to another.

10




These products have reached the end of their product life cycle and are considered as legacy products which will not be a significant factor in our long term business. Aside from potential and infrequent “life time buys,” our focus will predominantly be repair and maintenance of the existing product base.

Customers

We sell our products principally to our distributor and original equipment manufacturers, including their manufacturing subcontractors. We believe that we have strong relationships with market leaders in all of our target markets. A sample of our revenue-producing customers include:

Alien Technology

Japan Radio Co., Ltd. (JRC)

REMEC

Andrew Corporation

LG Electronics, Inc.

Richardson Electronics Ltd.

Broadband Innovations, Inc.

Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd.

Celestica

Motorola

Scientific-Atlanta Inc.

Ericsson

Nokia Networks

Siemens

Flextronics

Nortel Networks

Symbol Technologies, Inc.

Huawei Technologies

Powerwave Technologies

ZTE Corporation

 

We depend on a limited number of key customers for a majority of our sales. In 2004, Richardson Electronics and Celestica each accounted for more than 10% of our sales and in aggregate accounted for approximately 63% of our sales. In 2003, Richardson Electronics and Lucent Technologies each accounted for more than 10% of our sales and in aggregate accounted for approximately 70% of our sales. In 2002, Richardson Electronics, Lucent Technologies and Nortel Networks each accounted for more than 10% of our sales and in aggregate accounted for 62% of our sales. We expect that our key customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our sales in 2005 and in the foreseeable future. These customers and their respective contributions to our net revenue have varied and will likely continue to vary from period to period. We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short notice without incurring a significant penalty, and currently do not have agreements with any of our key customers that contain long-term commitments to purchase specified volumes of our products.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

·       Direct Sales    We have a dedicated team of direct sales people who are responsible for maintaining relationships with our key customers and generating new business with both existing and potential customers. We cultivate strong, direct relationships with our key customers through major account teams that are led by our sales professionals and are comprised of engineers and product managers. These teams are designed to address the specific product needs of our key customers.

·       Distributor   In June 2002, we entered into a sole worldwide distributorship agreement with Richardson Electronics, Ltd., a global provider of engineered products, to resell our products through catalog, e-commerce and direct channels. This agreement expanded our previous relationship and includes provisions for joint marketing and promotional activities such as advertising in trade publications and the planning and execution of technical tours/demonstrations and trade shows, including such expenses as rental of space and/or equipment, travel and posters. We directly compensate vendors for the cost of these specifically identified goods or services or may reimburse Richardson Electronics, Ltd. if they incurred the cost of such specifically identified goods or services on our behalf the value of which is substantiated by invoicing from vendors. Our cost for these activities is recorded in selling and administrative expense as advertising. We recognize revenue upon shipment of our products to our sole distributor, although we establish reserves for estimated distributor right of return, authorized price reductions for specific end-customer sales opportunities and price protection based on known events and historical trends.

11




·       Manufacturer Sales Representatives   Our worldwide network of twenty independent manufacturer sales representatives is responsible for assisting our direct sales force in calling on potential customers as well as maintaining relationships with non-major accounts.

·       Applications Engineering   Our products are highly technical and our customers frequently consult with us to select a component for a given application, determine product performance under specified conditions unique to their system, or test a product for new applications. To meet the needs of our customers, we provide support in all stages of the sales process, from concept definition and product selection to post-sale support. These services are provided by our applications engineering organization, which works closely with our sales organization in all pre- and post-sale activities. We intend to continue to invest in expanding our applications engineering organization to assist our customers.

·       International Sales   Our sales outside the United States were 35%, 32% and 34% of our total sales in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. For more detailed disclosure on our foreign sales, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Manufacturing

Our facility in Milpitas, California produces some of our gallium arsenide semiconductor products. At the same facility, we also produced our thin-film products until our second quarter of 2003. Considerable manufacturing capacity exists for gallium arsenide semiconductor. Our gallium arsenide products are packaged in Singapore, The Philippines, Malaysia, Taiwan and France at vendor facilities. We utilize external wafer foundries for our SiGe and some of the InGap HBT semiconductor products.

Our San Jose, California facility produces our wireless communications and RFID products. We contract with external surface mount manufacturers for high volume manufacturing, using both turnkey and consignment material arrangements with these surface mount contract manufacturers depending on the characteristics of the assembly. We have used a number of capable surface mount manufacturers. Once the surface mount assembly operations are completed, the products are shipped to our facilities for testing and final configuration.

Our facility in Fremont, California, acquired as a part of the EiC transaction in June 2004, produced some of our InGap HBT products and this manufacturing facility was shut down during the first quarter of 2005 as we are merging the operations into our facility in Milpitas, California.

We depend on single or limited source suppliers for the components and materials used in many of our products, including our SiGe processed wafers, 5Volt and 12Volt InGap HBT processed wafers, gallium arsenide wafers, packaging, electronic components and antennas. Although we rely on limited or sole source suppliers for other components and materials, there are typically alternative sources of supply available for them. If in the future we face difficulties obtaining these components and materials from any of our limited or sole source suppliers, we may face a delay in the shipment of products which are manufactured using these components and materials while we identify and qualify an alternative source of supply if available. As a result of these delays, we may fail to satisfy customer orders and our sales may decline while we look for a suitable alternative supplier.

We are committed to quality of the management systems governing the manufacture of our products and our systems are ISO 9001 (revision 2000) certified. The International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) is a network of the national standards institutes of 148 countries including the United States of America. The ISO 9000 family of standards is primarily concerned with “quality management,” meaning the systems the organization utilizes to fulfill: the customer’s quality requirements, and applicable regulatory requirements, while aiming to enhance customer satisfaction, and achieve continual improvement of its performance in pursuit of these objectives. The ISO 9001: 2000 is approved as an

12




American National Standard by the American Society for Quality. Our systems are regularly assessed by independent certifying bodies, through routine quality system audits, for adherence to ISO 9001 standards.

Research and Development

Our future success depends on our ability to develop new designs, technologies and product enhancements. We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and technologists to accomplish these objectives. These employees are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying these core technologies to our product development activities in our target markets. We have made, and will continue to make, a substantial investment in research and development activities. Research and development costs, which are expensed when incurred, were $17.0 million, $16.8 million and $17.8 million for the years 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Intellectual Property

The protection of our intellectual property is critical to our success. We rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary rights. We believe that one of our competitive strengths is our core competence in engineering, manufacturing and understanding our customers and markets, and we take aggressive steps to protect that knowledge. We have been active in securing patents and entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how resulting from our ongoing research and development.

We seek patent protection for our unique developments in circuit designs, processes and algorithms. We have 22 United States patents and 12 foreign patents. We currently have a number of patent applications pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and throughout the world, including 13 patent applications filed in the United States in 2004. Our existing United States patents will expire between June 2007 and October 2022. We have chosen to pursue foreign patent protection only in selected foreign countries. Our failure to pursue foreign protection in these countries and the fact that patent rights may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries could make it easier for our competitors to utilize our intellectual property. We cannot assure you that any patent will be issued as a result of our pending applications or any future applications or that, if issued, these patents will be sufficient to protect our technology. In addition, we cannot assure you that any existing or future United States or foreign patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that any patent granted will provide us with adequate protection or any competitive advantages.

We license various technologies from third parties that we have integrated into our products. We have a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use particular thin-film technology and transferable, non-exclusive licenses to use particular gallium arsenide technology, and technology used in the field of commercial, or non-military, RF communications, all of which are perpetual licenses. Although our business does not depend on any of the licenses to a material extent, our failure to maintain these licenses could harm our business.

We generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our vendors, customers and licensees. Our employees are generally required to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while in our employ. We generally control access to the distribution of documentation and other information concerning our intellectual property. We also have entered into non-disclosure agreements to protect our confidential information delivered to third parties, in connection with possible strategic partnerships and for other purposes.

13




We have entered into license agreements in connection with some of our recent business dispositions with respect to some of our intellectual property used in these sold businesses. We cannot assure you that the other parties to these license agreements will honor the terms of the agreements or aggressively prevent the misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property. Further, under these license agreements, some of our intellectual property may be licensed to one or more of our competitors.

The telecommunications industry is characterized by the vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that actions alleging infringement by us of third-party intellectual property, misappropriation or misuse by us of third-party trade secrets or the invalidity of the patents held by us will not be asserted or prosecuted against us, or that any assertions of infringement, misappropriation or misuse or prosecutions seeking to establish the invalidity of our patents will not harm our competitive position or reputation or result in significant monetary expenditures.

Employees

We believe that one of our most important assets is our base of well-trained and experienced employees. As of December 31, 2004, we had 183 employees, consisting of:

·       15 executive and administrative employees;

·       22 sales and marketing employees;

·       68 manufacturing, facilities and operations employees; and

·       78 engineering and technical employees.

Our employees have an average of over five years tenure with us. Many of our engineering and technical staff have been with us for even longer. We believe that many of our engineers, as a result of their tenure and their defense electronics background, are among the most experienced high frequency engineers in the United States. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreement or represented by labor unions, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our employee relations are good.

Backlog

Our backlog is comprised of standard purchase orders and annual contracts for the delivery of products. For our annual contracts, our major customers provide us with rolling sales forecasts on at least a monthly basis. These forecasts are subject to changes, including changes as a result of changes in market conditions, and could fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. At December 31, 2004, our backlog was $5.3 million, compared to $4.0 million at the end of December 31, 2003. We include in backlog all accepted product purchase orders for which delivery has been specified within 90 days. However, due to industry practice which allows customers to cancel or change orders with limited advance notice and without significant penalty prior to shipment, we believe that backlog is not a reliable indicator of future revenue levels.

Competition

The markets for our products are extremely competitive and are characterized by rapid technological change, new product development, product obsolescence and evolving industry standards. We compete primarily on the basis of product performance and design, reliability, quality, level of integration, delivery, price, customer support, reputation and the availability and breadth of product offerings. In each of the markets we serve, we compete primarily with other suppliers of high performance RF components. We also compete with current and potential communications equipment manufacturers who manufacture RF components internally such as Ericsson, Lucent, Motorola and Nortel Networks. We expect increased

14




competition from existing competitors and from a number of companies that may enter the RF component market, as well as future competition from companies that may offer new or emerging technologies. Some of our competitors are large public companies that have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than us. As a result, these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. Furthermore, those of our competitors that have large market capitalization or cash reserves may be better positioned than we are to acquire other companies in order to gain new technologies or products that may displace our product lines. Many of our competitors operate their own fabrication facilities and have longer operating histories and presence in key markets, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical and other resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. Current and potential competitors have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with existing or potential customers, resellers or other third parties. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. In addition, competitors may develop technologies that more effectively address our markets with products that offer enhanced features, lower power requirements or lower cost. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, decreased gross margins and loss of market share and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, disposal of and exposure to hazardous materials, the release of pollutants into the environment and the remediation of contamination. Our former Scotts Valley and Palo Alto sites have significant environmental liabilities for which in July 1999 we entered into and funded fixed price remediation contracts and obtained cost-overrun and unknown pollution conditions insurance coverage. There can be no assurance that this insurance will be sufficient to cover all liabilities related to these two sites.

The Scotts Valley site is a federal Superfund site. Chlorinated solvent and other contamination was identified at the site in the early 1980s, and by the late 1980s we had installed a groundwater extraction and treatment system. In 1991, we entered into a consent decree with the United States Environmental Protection Agency providing for remediation of the site. In July 1999, we signed a remediation agreement with an environmental consulting firm, ARCADIS Geraghty & Miller. Pursuant to this remediation agreement, we paid $3.0 million in exchange for which ARCADIS agreed to perform the work necessary to assure satisfactory completion of our obligations under the consent decree. The agreement also contains a cost overrun guaranty from ARCADIS up to a total project cost of $15.0 million. In addition, the agreement included procurement of a ten-year, claims-made insurance policy to cover overruns of up to $10.0 million from Reliance Insurance Company, along with a ten-year, claims made $10-million policy to cover various unknown pollution conditions at the site.

The Palo Alto site is a state Superfund site and is within a larger, regional state Superfund site. As with the Scotts Valley site, contamination was discovered in the 1980s, and groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been operating for several years at both the site and the regional site. In July 1999, we entered into a remediation agreement with an environmental consulting firm, SECOR. Pursuant to this remediation agreement, we paid $2.4 million in exchange for which SECOR agreed to perform the work necessary to assure satisfactory completion of our obligations under the applicable remediation orders. The payment included the premium for a 30-year, claims-made insurance policy to cover cost overruns up to $10.0 million from AIG, along with a ten-year claims-made $10.0 million insurance policy to cover various unknown pollution conditions at the site.

15




With respect to our remaining current or former production facilities, to date either no contamination of significance has been identified or reported to us or the regulatory agency involved has granted closure with respect to the identified contamination. Nevertheless, we may face environmental liabilities related to these sites in the future which could harm our business.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision in our securities. These risk factors are effective as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained in our future filings modifies or replaces such statement. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties and actual results may differ materially from the results we discuss in the forward-looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The most significant risks and uncertainties known to us that we believe make an investment in our stock speculative or risky are set forth in this section. This section does not include those risks and uncertainties that could apply to any issuer or any offering.

We have a history of losses, we may incur future losses, and if we are unable to achieve profitability our business will suffer and our stock price may decline.

We have not recorded operating income since 1999 and we may not be able to achieve revenue or earnings growth or obtain sufficient revenue to sustain profitability. In 2004 our sales were $32.3 million and we incurred an operating loss of $17.3 million. In addition, our sales for 2003 and 2002 were $26.6 million and $40.2 million, respectively. We incurred operating losses of $16.7 million in 2003 and $52.5 million in 2002.

We expect that current reduced end-customer demand will, and other factors could, continue to adversely affect our operating results in the near term and we anticipate incurring additional losses in the future. Other factors could include, but are not limited to:

·       production overcapacity in the industry which could cause us to have to reduce the price of our products adversely affecting our sales and margins;

·       rescheduling, reduction or cancellation of significant customer orders which could cause us to lose sales that we had anticipated;

·       any loss of a key customer;

·       the ability of our customers to manage their inventories which if not properly managed could cause our customers to reschedule, reduce or cancel significant orders or return our products; and

·       political and economic instability in, foreign conflicts involving or the impact of regional and global infectious illnesses (such as the SARS outbreak) of our vendors, manufacturers, subcontractors and  customers particularly in the countries of South Korea, Malaysia and the Philippines.

We may incur losses for the foreseeable future, particularly if our revenues do not increase substantially or if our expenses increase faster than our revenues. In order to return to profitability, we must achieve substantial revenue growth and we currently face an environment of uncertain demand in the markets our products address. We cannot assure you as to whether or when we will return to profitability or whether we will be able to sustain such profitability, if achieved.

16




We operate in the highly cyclical semiconductor industry which has experienced significant fluctuations in demand.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and has historically experienced significant fluctuations in demand for products. The industry has experienced significant downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles and declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand of end-customers, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. We have experienced these conditions in our business in the past and may experience such downturns in the future. The most recent downturn, which began in the fourth quarter of 2000, has been severe and prolonged, and it is uncertain when any significant sustained recovery will occur. Future downturns in the semiconductor industry may also be severe and prolonged. Future downturns in the semiconductor industry, or any failure of the industry to recover fully from its recent downturn, could seriously impact our revenues and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on Richardson Electronics, Ltd. for distribution of our RF semiconductor products and the loss of this relationship could materially reduce our sales.

Richardson Electronics, Ltd. is the sole worldwide distributor of our complete line of RF semiconductor products. This sole distributor is our largest semiconductor customer and our sales to Richardson Electronics, Ltd. represent 56%, 61% and 51% of our semiconductor sales (52%, 47% and 24% of total sales) in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We cannot assure you that this exclusive relationship will improve sales of our semiconductor products or that it is the most effective method of distribution. If this sole distributor fails to successfully market and sell our products, our semiconductor sales could materially decline. Our agreement with this distributor does not require it to purchase our products and is terminable at any time. If this distribution relationship is discontinued, our RF semiconductor sales could materially decline.

We depend upon a small number of customers that account for a high percentage of our sales and the loss of, or a reduction in orders from, a significant customer could result in a reduction of sales.

We depend on a small number of customers for a majority of our sales. We currently have two customers, Richardson Electronics, Ltd. and Celestica, which each accounted for more than 10% of our sales and in aggregate accounted for 63% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004. Sales to Richardson Electronics accounted for 52% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 47% and 24% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Sales to Celestica accounted for 12% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 5% and 1% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Sales to Lucent Technologies accounted for 7% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 23% and 25% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, including sales to their manufacturing subcontractors.

The increase in our sales to Richardson Electronics during 2004 is primarily related to our new product introductions which have had a greater adoption rate amongst our smaller customers, particularly those in countries outside the United States of America. Both market segments are serviced through the distributor. The increase in our sales to Richardson Electronics during 2003 is primarily related to our entering into a sole worldwide distributorship arrangement with them during mid-2002. The increase in our sales to Celestica during 2004 and 2003 is related to an increasing business practice of original equipment manufacturers to outsource a greater percentage of their manufacturing. The decrease in our sales during 2004 and 2003 to Lucent Technologies represents the decrease in the sales of our wireless integrated assembly products as these products have reached the end of their product life cycle as well as Lucent Technologies outsourcing a greater percentage of their manufacturing.

17




In addition, most of our sales result from purchase orders or from contracts that can be cancelled on short-term notice. Moreover, it is possible that our customers may develop their own products internally or purchase products from our competitors. Also, events that impact our customers, for example wireless carrier consolidation, can adversely affect our sales. We expect that our key customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue in 2005. The loss of or a reduction in orders from a significant customer for any reason could cause our sales to decrease.

The new markets we are targeting may not grow as forecast and we may not be a successful participant in those markets.

Our growth strategy is based in part on our success in penetrating new markets, including the radio frequency identification (“RFID”) and defense and homeland security markets. These markets currently are not a material source of revenue for us, and we cannot assure you that our new products will succeed.

In addition to the risks generally associated with new product development and introduction, these products are subject to the particular risks described below.

The growth of the RFID market will depend on, among other things, the ability of suppliers to meet size, portability, cost and power consumption objectives, the ability of industry participants to agree on appropriate technology standards and the willingness of end users to invest in the required equipment and information systems. Even if the market does grow as forecasted, our ability to successfully participate in the RFID market will depend upon, among other things, our timely development and marketing of appropriate products, attracting the most advantageous industry partnerships, securing any necessary additional intellectual property and forming customer relationships.

The success of our products for the defense and homeland security markets will require, among other things, that our products conform to the enhanced specifications often associated with products for this sector, and that we develop relationships with a category of customers with which we have not had extensive dealings in recent years. Our results in this sector may also be affected by changes in government funding levels and by contract provisions that may give customers the right to terminate contracts for convenience.

We may not be able to successfully integrate those businesses we have acquired or may acquire in the future which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We recently acquired the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets of EiC and we acquired Telenexus, Inc. which designs develops manufactures and markets radio frequency identification reader products. We believe these acquisitions complement and expand our product portfolio and we may continue to acquire businesses in the future as part of our growth strategy. Integrating completed acquisitions into our existing operations involves numerous risks including the:

·       diversion of management’s attention;

·       potential loss of key personnel;

·       ability of acquired business to maintain its pre-acquisition revenues and growth rates;

·       ability of acquired business to be financially successful or provide desired results; and

·       ability to develop and introduce new products.

We may not be able to successfully integrate our acquisitions which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18




Third party intellectual property claims could harm our business.

We occasionally receive communications from third parties alleging infringement of patent and other intellectual property rights. While we are not subject to any current claims that we believe could be material, there can be no assurance that material claims will not arise in the future. While all of our revenue is derived from products containing our proprietary intellectual property, approximately 5% of our 2004 revenue is derived from newly developed technologies which could be particularly vulnerable to infringement claims. We intend to vigorously protect our proprietary intellectual property rights with respect to all of our products. However, we cannot assure you that claims can be amicably disposed of, and it is possible that litigation could ensue. Litigation could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our resources. If we fail to obtain a necessary license or if we do not prevail in patent or other intellectual property litigation, we could be required to discontinue selling the affected products, to seek to develop non-infringing technologies, which may not be feasible, and to pay monetary damages, any of which could harm our business.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly revenues and operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may continue to vary from quarter to quarter due to a number of the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and in our public filings, many of which are not within our control. If our operating results do not meet our publicly stated guidance or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price may decline. For example, in early 2003 and as recently as during our third quarter ended September 26, 2004, we publicly announced revised lowered expectations of financial results for certain periods. Subsequent to such announcements, the trading price of our common stock declined significantly.

As we continue to develop new products utilizing new process technologies, we will increase our utilization of third parties for the manufacture of our products.

As we continue to develop new products utilizing new process technologies, we will obtain an increasing portion of our wafer requirements from outside wafer fabrication facilities, known as foundries. There are significant risks associated with our reliance on third-party foundries, including:

·       the lack of ensured wafer supply, potential wafer shortages and higher wafer prices;

·       limited control over product delivery schedules, quality assurance and control, manufacturing yields and production costs; and

·       the unavailability of, or delays in obtaining, access to key fabrication process technologies.

We have no long-term contracts with any foundry and we do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity at any foundry. The ability of each foundry to provide wafers to us is limited by its available capacity and our foundry suppliers could provide that limited capacity to its other customers. In addition, our foundry suppliers could reduce or even eliminate the capacity allocated to us on short notice. Moreover, such a reduction or elimination is possible even after we have submitted a purchase order. If we choose to use a new foundry, it typically takes several months to complete the qualification process before we can begin shipping products from the new foundry.

The foundries we use may experience financial difficulties or suffer damage or destruction to their facilities. If these events or any other disruption of wafer fabrication capacity occur, we may not have a second manufacturing source immediately available. We may therefore experience difficulties or delays in securing an adequate supply of our products, which could impair our ability to meet our customers’ needs and have a material adverse effect on our operating results. In the event of these types of delays, we cannot assure you that the required alternate capacity, particularly wafer production capacity, would be available

19




on a timely basis or at all. Even if alternate wafer production capacity is available, we may not be able to obtain it on favorable terms, which could result in a loss of customers. We may be unable to obtain sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet demand, either at our own facilities or through foundry or similar arrangements with others.

In addition, the highly complex and technologically demanding nature of semiconductor manufacturing has caused foundries to experience from time to time lower than anticipated manufacturing yields, particularly in connection with the introduction of new products and the installation and start-up of new process technologies. Lower than anticipated manufacturing yields may affect our ability to fulfill our customers’ demands for our products on a timely and cost-effective basis.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain our good relationships with our existing foundries. In addition, we cannot be certain that we will be able to form relationships with other foundries as favorable as our current ones. Moreover, transferring from our internal fabrication facility or our existing foundries to another foundry, could require a significant amount of time and loss of revenue, and we cannot assure you that we could make a smooth and timely transition. If foundries are unable or unwilling to continue to supply us with these semiconductor products in required time frames and volumes or at commercially acceptable costs, our business may be harmed.

If we are unable to develop and introduce new semiconductors successfully and in a cost-effective and timely manner or to achieve market acceptance of our new semiconductors, our operating results would be adversely affected.

The future success of our semiconductor business will depend on our ability to develop new semiconductor products for existing and new markets, introduce these products in a cost-effective and timely manner and convince leading equipment manufacturers to select these products for design into their own new products. Our quarterly results in the past have been, and are expected in the future to continue to be, dependent on the introduction of a relatively small number of new products and the timely completion and delivery of those products to customers. The development of new semiconductor devices is highly complex, and from time to time we have experienced delays in completing the development and introduction of new products and lower than anticipated manufacturing yields in the early production of such products. Our ability to develop and deliver new semiconductor products successfully will depend on various factors, including our ability to:

·       accurately predict market requirements and evolving industry standards;

·       accurately define new products;

·       timely complete and introduce new product designs;

·       timely qualify and obtain industry interoperability certification of our products and the products of our customers into which our products will be incorporated;

·       obtain sufficient foundry capacity;

·       achieve high manufacturing yields;

·       shift our products to smaller geometry process technologies to achieve lower cost and higher levels of design integration; and

·       gain market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products.

If we are not able to develop and introduce new products successfully and in a cost-effective and timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

20




Our new semiconductor products generally are incorporated into our customers’ products at the design stage. We often incur significant expenditures for the development of a new product without any assurance that an equipment manufacturer will select our product for design into its own product. The value of our semiconductors largely depends on the commercial success of our customers’ products and on the extent to which those products accommodate components manufactured by our competitors. We cannot assure you that we will continue to achieve design wins or that equipment that incorporates our products will ever be commercially successful.

The amount and timing of revenue from newly designed semiconductors is often uncertain.

We announce from time to time new semiconductor products and design wins for new and existing semiconductors. Achieving a design win with a customer does not create a binding commitment from that customer to purchase our products. Rather, a design win is solely an expression of interest by potential customers in purchasing our products and is not supported by binding commitments of any nature. Accordingly, a customer may choose at any time to discontinue using our products in their designs or product development efforts. Even if our products are chosen to be incorporated in our customer’s products, we still may not realize significant revenues from that customer if their products are not commercially successful. A design win may not generate revenue if the customer’s product is rejected by their end market. Typically, most new products or design wins have very little impact on near-term revenue. It may take well over a year before a new product or design win generates meaningful revenue.

Once a manufacturer of communications equipment has designed a supplier’s semiconductor into its products, the manufacturer may be reluctant to change its source of semiconductors due to the significant costs associated with qualifying a new supplier and potentially redesigning its product. Accordingly, our failure to achieve design wins with equipment manufacturers, which have chosen a competitor’s semiconductor, could create barriers to future sales opportunities with these manufacturers.

Our semiconductor products typically have lengthy sales cycles and we may ultimately be unable to recover our investment in new products.

After we have developed and delivered a semiconductor product to a customer, the customer will usually test and evaluate our product prior to designing its own equipment to incorporate our product. Our customer may need three to six months or longer to test, evaluate and adopt our semiconductors and an additional three to nine months or more to begin volume production of equipment that incorporates our semiconductors. Moreover, in light of the ongoing economic slow down in the telecommunications sector, it may take significantly longer than three to nine months before customers commence volume production of equipment incorporating some of our semiconductors. Due to this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience significant delays from the time we increase our expenses for research and development and sales and marketing efforts and make investments in inventory until the time that we generate revenue from these products. It is possible that we may never generate any revenue from these products after incurring such expenditures. Even if a customer selects our semiconductors to incorporate into its equipment, we have no assurances that the customer will ultimately market and sell its equipment or that such efforts by our customer will be successful. The delays inherent in our lengthy sales cycle increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel or change its product plans. Such a cancellation or change in plans by a customer could cause us to lose sales that we had anticipated. In addition, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if a significant customer curtails, reduces or delays orders during our sales cycle or chooses not to release equipment that contains our products.

The resources devoted to product research and development and sales and marketing may not generate material revenue for us, and from time to time, we may need to write off excess and obsolete inventory. If we incur significant marketing and inventory expenses in the future that we are not able to

21




recover, and we are not able to compensate for those expenses, our operating results could be adversely affected. In addition, if we sell our products at reduced prices in anticipation of cost reductions and we still have higher cost products in inventory, our operating results would be harmed.

If we are unable to respond to the rapid technological changes taking place in our industry, our existing products could become obsolete and we could face difficulties making future sales, or as a result of rights to return, our revenues could be reduced.

The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards and frequent improvements in products and services. If the technologies supported by our products become obsolete or fail to gain widespread acceptance, as a result of a change in industry standards or otherwise, we could face difficulties making future sales.

We must continue to make significant investments in research and development to seek to develop product enhancements, new designs and technologies on a cost effective basis. If we are unable to develop and/or gain access to and introduce new products or enhancements in a timely and cost effective manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, or if our new products do not achieve market acceptance, our sales could decline. Additionally, initial lower margins are typically experienced with new products under development.

Our sole distributor has certain rights to return unsold inventory. We recognize revenue upon shipment of our products, although we establish reserves for distributor right of return, authorized price reductions for specific end-customer sales opportunities and price protection based on known events and historical trends. There could be substantial product returns for a variety of reasons outside of our control. If our reserves are insufficient to account for these returns or if we are unable to resell these products on a timely basis at similar prices, our revenues may be reduced. Because the market for our products is rapidly evolving, we may not be able to resell returned products at attractive prices or at all.

Our existing and potential customers operate in an intensely competitive environment and our success will depend on the success of our customers.

The companies in our target markets face an extremely competitive environment. Some of the products we design and sell are customized to work with specific customers’ systems. If the companies with whom we establish business relations are not successful in building their systems, promoting their products, including new revenue-generating services, receiving requisite approvals and accomplishing the many other requirements for the success of their businesses, our growth will be limited. Furthermore, our customers may have difficulty obtaining parts from other suppliers causing these customers to cancel or delay orders for our products. In addition, we have limited ability to foresee the competitive success of our customers and to plan accordingly.

If the broadband cable and wireless communications markets fail to grow or they decline, our sales may not grow or may decline.

Our future growth depends on the success of the broadband cable and wireless communications markets. The rate at which these markets will grow is difficult to predict. These markets may fail to grow or decline for many reasons, including:

·       insufficient consumer demand for broadband cable or wireless products or services;

·       the inability of the various communications service providers to access adequate capital to build their networks;

·       inefficiency and poor performance of broadband cable or wireless communications services compared to other forms of broadband access; and

22




·       real or perceived security or health risks associated with wireless communications.

Throughout the last three years, the demand for telecom equipment has been very soft. This weakness in demand is currently projected to continue through the end of 2005 and potentially beyond based on customer forecasts for the purchase of our products. If the markets for our products in broadband cable or wireless communications decline, fail to grow, or grow more slowly than we anticipate, the use of our products may be reduced and our sales could suffer.

If we or our outsourced manufacturers fail to accurately forecast component and material requirements, we could incur additional costs or experience product delays.

We use rolling forecasts based on anticipated product orders to determine our component requirements. It is very important that we accurately predict both the demand for our products and the lead times required to obtain the necessary products and/or components and materials. Lead times for components and materials that we, or our outsourced manufacturers, order can vary significantly and depend on factors such as specific supplier requirements, the size of the order, contract terms and current market demand for the components. To the extent that we rely on outsourced manufacturers, many of these factors will be outside of our direct managerial control. For substantial increases in production levels, our outsourced manufacturers and some suppliers may need six months or more lead time. As a result, we may be required to make financial commitments in the form of purchase commitments. We lack visibility into the finished goods inventories of our customers and the end-users. This lack of visibility impacts our ability to accurately forecast our requirements. If we overestimate our component, material and outsourced manufactured requirements, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our costs. An additional risk for potential excess inventory results from our volume purchase commitments with certain material suppliers, which can only be reduced in certain circumstances. Additionally, if we underestimate our component, material, and outsourced manufactured requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt and delay delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these occurrences would negatively impact our sales and profitability. We have incurred, and may in the future incur, charges related to excess and obsolete inventory. These charges amounted to $670,000 in the year ended December 31, 2004, $251,000 and $212,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. While these charges may be partially offset by subsequent sales of previously written-down inventory, there can be no assurance that any such sales will be significant. As we broaden our product lines we must outsource the manufacturing of or purchase a wider variety of components. In addition, new product lines contain a greater degree of uncertainty due to a lack of visibility of customer acceptance and potential competition. Both of these factors will contribute a higher level of inventory risk in our near future.

We depend on outsourced manufacturers and on single or limited source suppliers for some of the key components and materials in our products, which makes us susceptible to shortages or price fluctuations that could adversely affect our operating results.

We typically purchase our components and materials through purchase orders, and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements with any of our suppliers. We currently purchase several key components and materials used in our products from single or limited source suppliers. These products amounted to 5%, 5% and 2% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Although we do not currently have any suppliers that are material to our business, in the event one of our sole source suppliers or outsourced manufacturers are unable to deliver us products or unwilling to sell us components or materials, it could harm our business. It could take us as long as 6 to 12 months to replace our single or limited source suppliers and these can be no assurance that we would be successful. Additionally, we or our outsourced manufacturers may fail to obtain required products and components in a timely manner in the future. We may also experience difficulty identifying alternative sources of supply for the components used in our products or products we obtain through outsourcing. We would experience

23




delays if we were required to test and evaluate products of potential alternative suppliers or products we obtain through outsourcing. Furthermore, financial or other difficulties faced by our outsourced manufacturers, or suppliers or significant changes in demand for the components or materials they use in the products and/or supply to us could limit the availability of those products, components or materials to us. Thus far we have not experienced any material delays related to such suppliers, but we cannot assure you that this will continue to be the situation.

We rely on the significant experience and specialized expertise of our senior management in  our industry and must retain and attract qualified engineers and other highly skilled personnel in a highly competitive job environment to maintain and grow our business.

Our performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and on the performance of our senior management and our highly qualified team of engineers, who have many years of experience and specialized expertise in our business. Our performance also depends on our ability to retain and motivate our other executive officers and key employees. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or of a number of our engineers could harm our ability to maintain and build our business. We have no “key man” life insurance policies.

Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled technical, managerial, marketing and customer service personnel. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain the necessary personnel, our ability to maintain and build our business could suffer significantly. Additionally, California State law can create unique difficulties for a California based company attempting to enforce covenants not to compete with employees which could be a factor in our future ability to retain key management and employees in a competitive environment.

Our business is subject to the risks of product returns, product liability and product defects.

Products as complex as ours frequently contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. The occurrence of errors could result in product returns from and reduced product shipments to our customers. In addition, any failure by our products to properly perform could result in claims against us by our customers. Such failure also could result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products or harm our reputation. Due to the recent introduction of some of our products, we have limited experience with the problems that could arise with these products. If problems occur or become significant, it could result in a reduction in our revenues and increased costs related to inventory write-offs, warranty claims and other expenses which could have a material and adverse affect on our financial condition.

Our purchase agreements with our customers typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims. However, the limitation of liability provision contained in these agreements may not be effective as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions in the United States or other countries. Although we maintain $22.0 million of insurance to protect against claims associated with the use of our products, our insurance coverage may not adequately cover all claims asserted against us. In addition, even ultimately unsuccessful claims could result in costly litigation, divert our management’s time and resources and damage our customer relationships.

We use a number of specialized technologies, some of which are patented, to design, develop and manufacture our products. Infringement of our intellectual property rights could hurt our competitive position, harm our reputation and negatively impact our future profitability.

We regard the protection of our copyrights, patents, service marks, trademarks, trade dress and trade secrets as critical to our future success and plan to rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark

24




and trade secret law, as well as on confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary rights. We seek patent protection for our unique developments in circuit designs, processes and algorithms. Adequate protection of our intellectual property rights may not be available in every country where our products and services are made available. We intend, as a general policy, to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with all of our employees and contractors, as well as into nondisclosure agreements with parties with which we conduct business, to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information; however, we have not done so on a uniform basis. As a result, we may not have adequate remedies to preserve our trade secrets or prevent third parties from using our technology without authorization. We cannot assure you that all future employees, contractors and business partners will agree to these contracts, or that, even if agreed to, these contractual arrangements or the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will prove sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or to deter independent third-party development of similar technologies. If we are unable to execute these agreements or take other steps to prevent misappropriation of our technology or to deter independent development of similar technologies, our competitive position and reputation could suffer and we could be forced to make significant expenditures.

We regularly file patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in selected foreign countries covering particular aspects of our technology and intend to prosecute such applications to the fullest extent of the law. Based upon our assessment of our current and future technology, we may decide to file additional patent applications in the future, and may decide to abandon current patent applications. We cannot assure you that any patent application we have filed or will file will result in an issued patent, or, if patents are issued to us, that such patents will provide us with any competitive advantages and will not be challenged by third parties or invalidated by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or foreign patent office. Any failure to protect our existing patents or to secure new patents may limit our ability to protect the intellectual property rights that such patents or patent applications were intended to cover. Furthermore, the patents of others may impair our ability to do business.

We have several registered trademarks and service marks, in the United States and abroad, and are in the process of registering others in the United States. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office will grant us these registrations. Should we decide to apply to register additional trademarks or service marks in foreign countries, there is no guarantee that we will be able to secure such registrations. The inability to register or decision not to register in certain foreign countries and adequately protect our trademarks and service marks could harm our competitive position, harm our reputation and negatively impact our future profitability.

We must gain access to improved process technologies.

For our semiconductor products, our future success will depend upon our ability to continue to gain access to new and/or improved process technologies in order to adapt to emerging industry standards or competitive market conditions. In the future, we may be required to transition one or more of our products to process technologies with smaller geometries, other materials or higher speed in order to reduce costs and/or improve product performance. We may not be able to gain access to new process technologies in a timely or affordable manner. In addition, products based on these technologies may not achieve market acceptance.

Due to our utilization of foreign vendors, manufacturers and subcontractors, we are subject to international operational, financial and political risks.

We expect to continue to rely on vendors, manufacturers and subcontractors located in Singapore, The Philippines, Malaysia, Taiwan and France. Additionally, we utilize vendors located in such countries in our semiconductor business to provide Gallium Arsenide (“GaAs”) wafers as raw material in our semiconductor fabrication, to fabricate certain products, to assemble certain products and to package the

25




majority of our semiconductor die in plastic or ceramic. Accordingly, we will be subject to risks and challenges such as:

·       compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations:

·       changes in laws and regulations relating to the import or export of semiconductor products;

·       legal uncertainties regarding taxes, tariffs, quotas, export controls, export licenses and other trade barriers;

·       political and economic instability in, foreign conflicts involving or the impact of regional and global infectious illnesses (such as the SARS outbreak) on the countries of these vendors, manufacturers and subcontractors causing delays in our ability to obtain our product;

·       reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

·       fluctuations in freight rates and transportation disruptions.

Political and economic instability and changes in governmental regulations in these areas as well as the United States could affect the ability of our overseas vendors to supply materials or services. Any interruption or delay in the supply of our required components, products, materials or services, or our inability to obtain these components, materials, products or services from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could impair our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause customers to cancel orders.

We face intense competition, and, if we do not compete effectively in our markets, we will lose sales and have lower margins.

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive in each of the markets we serve and is characterized by:

·       rapidly changing technology;

·       swift product obsolescence;

·       manufacturing yield problems;

·       price erosion; and

·       limited supplies of components and materials.

Our end markets are rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we expect competition to intensify further in the future. Many of our current and potential competitors have substantially greater technical, financial, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have. Price competition is intense and the market prices and margins of products frequently decline after competitors begin making similar products. A number of our competitors may have greater name recognition and market acceptance of their products and technologies. Furthermore, our competitors, or the competitors of our customers, may develop new technologies, enhancements of existing products or new products that offer superior price or performance features. These new products or technologies could render obsolete our products or the systems of our customers into which our products are integrated. If we fail to successfully compete in our markets our business and operating results would be materially and adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on future acquisitions and investments in new businesses, products or technologies that involve numerous risks, including the use of cash and diversion of management’s attention.

As part of our growth plans, we may make acquisitions of and investments in new businesses, products and technologies or we may acquire operations that expand our manufacturing capabilities. If we identify

26




an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition. Even if we are successful, we may not be able to integrate the acquired businesses, products or technologies into our existing business and products. As a result of the rapid pace of technological change, we may misgauge the long-term potential of the acquired business or technology or the acquisition may not be complementary to our existing business. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments, whether or not consummated, may divert our management’s attention and require considerable cash outlays at the expense of our existing operations. In addition, to complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or have amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, which could affect our profitability.

Changes in the regulatory environment of the communications industry may reduce the demand for our products.

The deregulation of the telecommunications industry has resulted in an increased number of service providers. Such increase, coupled with the expanding use of the Internet and data networking by businesses and consumers, has resulted in the rapid growth of the communications industry. This has led and will likely continue to lead to intense competition, short product life cycles, and, to some extent, regulatory uncertainty in and outside the United States. The course of the development of the communications industry is difficult to predict. For example, the delays in governmental approval processes that our customers are subject to, such as the issuance of site permits and the auction of frequency spectrum, have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, the cancellation, postponement or rescheduling of the installation of communications systems by our customers. A reduction in network infrastructure expenditures could negatively affect the sale of our products. Moreover, in the short term, deregulation may result in a delay or a reduction in the procurement cycle because of the general uncertainty involved with the transition period of businesses.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud which could subject us to regulatory sanctions, harm our business and operating results and cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

Effective internal controls required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business, reputation and operating results could be harmed. We have in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of our internal controls that need improvement. For example, our external auditors recently identified a “material weakness” in the course of their review of the quarter ended September 26, 2004, which means that they believed that there was “a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.” The material weakness related to a failure to record an accounting entry for a material severance charge resulting from the modification of two option agreements (extension of the option period). We have subsequently remediated by strengthening our disclosure control procedures to ensure proper communication of board decisions to the appropriate financial personnel. We cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could subject us to regulatory sanctions, harm our business and operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also harm our reputation and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative impact on the trading price of our stock.

27




Changes in the accounting treatment of stock options could adversely affect our results of operation and could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”) which requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). We currently account for stock-based awards to employees in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and have adopted the disclosure-only alternative of SFAS 123 and FAS 148. In 2005 when we are required to expense employee stock options, this change in accounting treatment would affect our reported results of operations as the stock-based compensation expense would be charged directly against our reported earnings. We have not yet quantified the effects of the adoption of SFAS 123R, but we expect that the new standard may result in significant stock-based compensation expense. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of original SFAS 123 on stock compensation awards (rather than applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Opinion 25) are disclosed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K under the caption “STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION” and result in a $0.09 reduction in annual diluted earnings per share for 2004. Although such pro forma effects of applying original SFAS 123 may be indicative of the effects of adopting SFAS 123R, the provisions of these two statements differ in some important respects. The actual effects of adopting SFAS 123R will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model chosen by us to value stock-based awards; the assumed award forfeiture rate; the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period; and the transition method (as described below) chosen for adopting SFAS 123R.

We believe that stock options and other long-term equity incentives directly motivate our employees to maximize long-term stockholder value and, through the use of vesting, encourage employees to remain with our company. To the extent that new regulations make it more expensive to grant stock options to employees, we may change our equity compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain and motivate employees, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our future profitability could suffer from known or unknown liabilities that we retained when we sold parts of our company.

In the recent past, we completed the divestiture of all but our current business. In the transactions in which we sold our other businesses, we generally retained liability arising from events occurring prior to the sale. Some of these liabilities were or have since become known to us, such as the environmental condition of the production facilities we sold. We may have underestimated the scope of these liabilities, and we may become aware of additional liabilities associated with the following in the future:

·       ownership of the intellectual property we have sold;

·       the potential infringement by our sold businesses of the intellectual property of others;

·       the regulatory compliance of our sold defense business;

·       export control compliance with respect to our defense products purchased by the United States and foreign governments; and

·       product defect claims with respect to products manufactured by our sold businesses before they were sold.

28




If these and any other unknown liabilities and obligations exceed our expectations and established reserves, our future profitability could suffer and our capital needs could increase.

If we fail to comply with environmental regulations we could be subject to substantial fines, we could be required to suspend production, alter manufacturing processes or cease operations.

Two of our former production facilities at Scotts Valley and Palo Alto have significant environmental liabilities for which we have entered into and funded fixed price remediation agreements and obtained cost-overrun and unknown pollution insurance coverage.

The Scotts Valley site is a federal Superfund site. Chlorinated solvent and other contamination was identified at the site in the early 1980s, and by the late 1980s we had installed a groundwater extraction and treatment system. In 1991, we entered into a consent decree with the United States Environmental Protection Agency providing for remediation of the site. In July 1999, we signed a remediation agreement with an environmental consulting firm, ARCADIS Geraghty & Miller. Pursuant to this remediation agreement, we paid $3.0 million in exchange for which ARCADIS agreed to perform the work necessary to assure satisfactory completion of our obligations under the consent decree. The agreement also contains a cost overrun guaranty from ARCADIS up to a total project cost of $15.0 million. In addition, the agreement included procurement of a ten-year, claims-made insurance policy to cover overruns of up to $10.0 million from American International Specialty, along with a ten-year, claims made $10.0 million policy to cover various unknown pollution conditions at the site.

The Palo Alto site is a state Superfund site and is within a larger, regional state Superfund site. As with the Scotts Valley site, contamination was discovered in the 1980s, and groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been operating for several years at both the site and the regional site. In July 1999, we entered into a remediation agreement with an environmental consulting firm, SECOR. Pursuant to this remediation agreement, we paid $2.4 million in exchange for which SECOR agreed to perform the work necessary to assure satisfactory completion of our obligations under the applicable remediation orders. The payment included the premium for a 30-year, claims-made insurance policy to cover cost overruns up to $10.0 million from AIG, along with a ten-year claims-made $10.0 million insurance policy to cover various unknown pollution conditions at the site.

We cannot assure you that this insurance will be sufficient to cover all liabilities related to these two sites. In addition, we are subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations relating to the storage, discharge, handling, emission, generation, manufacture and disposal of toxic or other hazardous substances used to manufacture our products. In the past, we have been subject to periodic environmental reviews and audits, which have resulted in minor fines. If we fail to comply with these regulations, substantial fines could be imposed on us, and we could be required to suspend production, alter manufacturing processes or cease operations any of which could have a material negative effect on our sales, income and business operations.

If RF emissions pose a health risk, the demand for our products may decline.

Recent news reports have asserted that some radio frequency emissions from wireless handsets may be linked to various health concerns, including cancer, and may interfere with various electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. If it were determined or perceived that RF emissions from wireless communications equipment create a health risk, the market for our wireless customers’ products and, consequently, the demand for our products could decline significantly.

29




We may need to raise additional capital in the future through the issuance of additional equity or convertible debt securities or by borrowing money, and additional funds may not be available on terms acceptable to us.

We believe that the cash, cash equivalents and investments on hand, the cash we expect to generate from operations and borrowings under our line of credit will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital spending requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, it is possible that we may need to raise additional funds to fund our activities during and/or beyond that time. We could raise these funds by selling more stock to the public or to selected investors, or by borrowing money. In addition, even though we may not need additional funds, we may still elect to sell additional equity securities or obtain credit facilities for other reasons. We may not be able to obtain additional funds on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to curtail our operations significantly or to obtain funds through arrangements with strategic partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to certain technologies or potential markets. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership percentages of existing stockholders would be reduced. In addition, the equity or debt securities that we issue may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock.

It is possible that our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned. The amount of capital that we will need in the future will depend on many factors, including:

·       whether we operate on a positive cash flow basis;

·       the market acceptance of our products;

·       the levels of promotion and advertising that will be required to launch our products and achieve and maintain a competitive position in the marketplace;

·       volume price discounts;

·       our business, product, capital expenditure and research and development plans and product and technology roadmaps;

·       the levels of inventory and accounts receivable that we maintain;

·       capital improvements to new and existing facilities;

·       technological advances;

·       our competitors’ response to our products; and

·       our relationships with suppliers and customers.

In addition, we may require additional capital to accommodate planned growth, hiring, infrastructure and facility needs or to consummate acquisitions of other businesses, products or technologies.

There are inherent risks associated with sales to our foreign customers.

We sell a significant portion of our product to customers outside of the United States. Sales to customers outside of the United States accounted for approximately 35%, 32% and 34% of our sales in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We expect that sales to customers outside of the United States will continue to account for a significant portion of our sales. Although all of our foreign sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, such sales are subject to certain risks, including, among others, changes in regulatory requirements, the imposition of tariffs and other trade barriers, the existence of political, legal and economic instability in foreign markets, language and cultural barriers, seasonal reductions in business activities, our ability to receive timely payment and collect our accounts receivable, currency fluctuations, and potentially adverse tax consequences, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

30




Our facilities are concentrated in an area susceptible to earthquakes.

Our facilities are concentrated in an area where there is a risk of significant earthquake activity. Substantially all of the production equipment that currently accounts for our sales, as well as planned additional production equipment, is or will be located in a known earthquake zone. We cannot predict the extent of the damage that our facilities and equipment would suffer in the event of an earthquake or how such damage would affect our business. We do not maintain earthquake insurance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock by Fox Paine, selling stockholders in connection with shares we have issued in recent acquisitions and others, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock

As of December 31, 2004, Fox Paine was the beneficial owner of 41.7% of our common stock which represents 25.5 million of our 61.0 million outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued an aggregate of 2,442,882 shares of our common stock in connection with our recent EiC and Telenexus acquisitions there are an aggregate of 627,451 shares being held in escrow which will be released if there are no indemnification claims. We may be required to pay further compensation in the EiC acquisition of up to $14.0 million in cash (10%) and shares (90%) if specific revenue and gross margin targets are achieved by March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006 and in the Telenexus acquisition, up to $5.0 million in cash or shares if certain revenue targets are achieved by July 28, 2006. If the targets are attained and we elect to pay in shares of common stock, the number of additional shares issued in connection with these transactions could be significant depending on the average closing price of our stock on Nasdaq during the 10 day period prior to the end of the earnout period. If, for example, the average closing price is $3.50 per share and the full targets are met, we would be obligated to issue 1,800,000 shares in early 2005 and 3,228,571 shares in 2006 unless we otherwise elect to pay in cash. Our stock is not heavily traded and our stock prices can fluctuate significantly. As such, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock into the public market by Fox Paine selling stockholders in connection with the EiC and Telenexus acquisitions or others, or perceptions that significant sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock.

In addition to the adverse effect a price decline would have on holders of our common stock, a price decline in our common stock could impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities. A price decline in our common stock below the Nasdaq minimum bid requirements due to substantial sales of our common stock could result in our common stock being delisted from the Nasdaq National Market. Delisting could in turn reduce the liquidity of our common stock and inhibit or preclude our ability to raise capital.

In addition, Fox Paine currently has the right, subject to various conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or for other stockholders. If Fox Paine exercises their registration rights in the future it could cause the price of our common stock to fall or preclude our common stock from rising.

Furthermore, future sales of substantial amounts of common stock by our officers, directors and other stockholders, including any sales under a Rule 10b5-1 sales plan, in the public market or otherwise or the awareness that a large number of shares is available for sale, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition to the adverse effect a price decline would have on holders of our common stock, that decline would impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities.

If our common stock ceases to be listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, it may harm our stock price and make it more difficult for you to sell your shares.

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market and the bid price for our common stock has been below $1.00 per share for thirty consecutive trading days during certain periods as recently as

31




April, 2003. The Nasdaq National Market rules for continued listing require, among other things, that the bid price for our common stock not fall below $1.00 per share for a period of 30 consecutive trading days. Although we have been able to regain compliance in the past, because of the volatility in our common stock price, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance in the future. While there are steps we can take to address this situation in the future, including a reverse stock split or share repurchase, we cannot assure you that our stock will maintain such minimum bid price requirement or that we will be able to meet or maintain all of the Nasdaq National Market continued listing requirements in the future. If, in the future, our minimum bid price is again below $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days, under the current Nasdaq National Market Rule 4450(e)(2) we will have a period of 180 days to attain compliance by meeting the minimum bid price requirement for 10 consecutive days during the compliance period.

If our common stock ceases to be listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market for failure to meet the minimum bid price requirement, we expect that our common stock would be traded on the NASD’s Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board unless Nasdaq grants an additional grace period for transfer to Nasdaq’s SmallCap Market, which also has a similar $1.00 minimum bid requirement. In addition, our stock could then potentially be subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s “penny stock” rules, which place additional disclosure requirements on broker-dealers. These additional disclosure requirements may harm your ability to sell your shares if it causes a decline in the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell our common stock. We also expect that the level of trading activity of our common stock would decline if it is no longer listed on the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap Market. As such, if our common stock ceases to be listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap Market for any reason, it may harm our stock price, increase the volatility of our stock price and make it more difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Our largest stockholder has the ability to take action that may adversely affect our business, our stock price and our ability to raise capital.

As of December 31, 2004, Fox Paine & Company, LLC (“Fox Paine”) is the indirect beneficial owner of 41.7% of our outstanding share capital. As a result, Fox Paine has and will continue to have significant influence over the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including:

·       election of all our directors and the directors of our subsidiaries;

·       amending our charter or by-laws; and

·       agreeing to or preventing mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all our assets or our subsidiaries’ assets.

Fox Paine’s significant ownership interest could also delay, prevent or cause a change in control relating to us which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Fox Paine’s significant ownership interest could also subject us to a class action lawsuit which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and financial resources from more productive uses. Fox Paine, on September 18, 2002, made a proposal to acquire all of the shares held by unaffiliated stockholders, which was subsequently withdrawn on March 27, 2003. Prior to Fox Paine’s withdrawal of such proposal, four lawsuits, three of which were purported class action lawsuits, were filed against us and Fox Paine in connection with such proposal. Among other things, these lawsuits sought an injunction against the consummation of the proposal and an award of unspecified compensatory damages. These lawsuits were voluntarily dismissed after Fox Paine’s withdrawal of such proposal without any consideration being required to be paid to the plaintiff’s and each party was obligated to bear its own attorney’s fees, costs and expenses. We can make no assurance, however, that Fox Paine will not at some point in the future make another proposal regarding us and, if so, what the terms and outcome of such

32




proposal might be. If Fox Paine were in the future to make a proposal involving us then, depending on the terms of such proposal, the resulting transaction could result in litigation which could adversely affect our business or our stock price.

In addition, Fox Paine receives management fees from us which could influence their decisions regarding us. Under our management agreement with Fox Paine, we are obligated to pay Fox Paine a fee in the amount of 1% of the prior year’s income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and equity in earnings (losses) of minority investments, calculated without regard to the fee. Due to our losses incurred, we have not been required to pay management fees to Fox Paine since 2001.

Fox Paine may in the future make significant investments in other communications companies. Some of these companies may be our competitors. Fox Paine and its affiliates are not obligated to advise us of any investment or business opportunities of which they are aware, and they are not restricted or prohibited from competing with us.

The sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by Fox Paine or the perception that such sale could occur, could negatively affect the market price of our common stock and could also materially impair our future ability to raise capital through an offering of securities.

Our stock price is highly volatile.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Since our initial public offering in August, 2000, through December 31, 2004, our common stock has traded at prices as low as $0.560 and as high as $59.875 per share. These fluctuations have occurred and may continue to occur in response to various factors, many of which we cannot control, including:

·       shares sold by the selling stockholders;

·       quarter-to-quarter variations in our operating results;

·       announcements of technological innovations or new products by our competitors, customers or us;

·       general conditions in the semiconductor industry and telecommunications and data communications equipment markets;

·       changes in earnings estimates or investment recommendations by analysts;

·       changes in investor perceptions; or

·       changes in expectations relating to our products, plans and strategic position or those of our competitors or customers.

In addition, the market prices of securities on the NASDAQ National Market and that of our customers and competitors have been especially volatile. This volatility has significantly affected the market prices of securities for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of the specific companies. Accordingly, you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the price you paid. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been the subject of securities class action litigation. If we were the object of a securities class action litigation, it could result in substantial losses and divert management’s attention and resources from other matters.

33




We do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future.

Although we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $43.1 million at December 31, 2004, we do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Item 2.        PROPERTIES

We have three leased sites:  a building in Milpitas, California with over 35,000 square feet, at a base monthly rent of $40,738, two buildings in San Jose, California totaling over 124,000 square feet and a building in Fremont, California for 28,160 square feet. The San Jose facility consists of two buildings: a larger building of approximately 82,000 square feet and a smaller building of approximately 42,000 square feet. Both buildings are leased for ten years. The larger building has a beginning base monthly rent of $158,340 for the first twelve months, which increases by 4% over each succeeding twelve month period. The smaller building has a beginning base monthly rent of $94,500 for the first twelve months which will also increase by 4% over each succeeding twelve month period. As part of the acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC, the Company entered into a sublease with EiC Corporation for 28,160 square feet of space at their facility in Fremont, California, at a full service monthly rent of $19,712. This sublease expired in December 2004 and converted into a month to month lease thereafter. Effective January 2005, the Company occupied 17,054 square feet of space at a full service monthly rent of $11,938 until such time as the Company re-locates the manufacturing capacity and associated personnel to its facility in Milpitas and completes its obligations under this sublease agreement to remove all leasehold improvements and fixtures related to the operation of the wafer fabrication facility.

In September 2001, we decided to abandon the smaller building at our San Jose facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and market conditions. As of December 31, 2004, we have signed three tenants to cover approximately 76% of the excess leased space. In September 2002, we decided to abandon a portion of the larger building at our San Jose facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and market conditions. This excess space is located on the first floor of our current corporate headquarters and originally housed a portion of our optics and integrated assemblies manufacturing operations. We are actively seeking tenants to occupy the excess leased space.

We believe that our present facilities are in good condition and suitable for our operations. We also believe that we have excess capacity, which more than meets our anticipated requirements for the foreseeable future.

Item 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We currently are involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business and expect that we will be involved in other litigation and regulatory proceedings from time to time. While we currently believe that any adverse outcome of such pending matters will not materially affect our business or financial condition, there can be no assurance that this will ultimately be the case.

Item 4.        SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of 2004.

34




PART II

Item 5.        MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market and traded under the symbol “WJCI”. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for WJ Communications, Inc. common stock, as adjusted for all stock splits.

 

 

High

 

Low

 

First Quarter (through March 30, 2003)

 

1.140

 

0.580

 

Second Quarter (through June 29, 2003)

 

1.240

 

0.560

 

Third Quarter (through September 28, 2003)

 

5.050

 

0.840

 

Fourth Quarter (through December 31, 2003)

 

6.890

 

3.540

 

First Quarter (through March 28, 2004)

 

7.500

 

3.100

 

Second Quarter (through June 27, 2004)

 

4.540

 

2.250

 

Third Quarter (through September 26, 2004)

 

3.850

 

2.070

 

Fourth Quarter (through December 31, 2004)

 

4.300

 

1.710

 

 

As of December 31, 2004, there were approximately 257 stockholders of record of our common stock according to our transfer agent.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In March 2003, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 million our common stock. In October 2003, the board approved an additional $2.0 million to expand its existing share repurchase program increasing the total amount authorized to $4.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2003, $2.8 million was utilized to purchase 1,340,719 shares of our common stock at a weighted average purchase price of $2.08 per share. All of the purchases were made on the Nasdaq National Market at prevailing open market prices using general corporate funds. The repurchases reduced our cash and interest income during the period and correspondingly reduced the number of our outstanding shares of common stock. $1.2 million remained available under this stock repurchase plan as of its expiration on July 22, 2004.

35




On July 27, 2004 the board authorized a new share repurchase program of up to $2.0 million of our common stock. The following table sets forth certain information regarding our repurchases under this program, for the year ended December 31, 2004:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period

 

 

 

(a) Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased

 

(b) Average Price
Paid per Share

 

(c) Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs

 

(d) Maximum Number
(or Approximate Dollar
Value) of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

 

July 27, 2004 (plan inception) - September 26, 2004

 

113,756

 

 

$

2.3197

 

 

 

113,756

 

 

 

$

1,732,708.39

 

 

September 27, 2004 - October 31, 2004

 

315,297

 

 

$

2.0414

 

 

 

429,053

 

 

 

$

1,079,603.71

 

 

November 1, 2004 - November 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

429,053

 

 

 

$

1,079,603.71

 

 

November 29, 2004 - December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

429,053

 

 

 

$

1,079,603.71

 

 

 

Dividend Policy

We did not pay any dividends in 2004 and 2003. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain all earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Our board of directors will make any future determination of the payment of dividends based upon various factors then existing, including, but not limited to, our financial condition, operating results and current and anticipated cash needs. In addition, covenants in our revolving credit facility limit our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our common stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Except as previously reported in our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2004, we did not sell any of our securities that were not registered under the Securities Act during 2004, 2003 or 2002.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Equity Compensation Table.   The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2004, with respect WJ Communication’s equity compensation plans.

Plan Category

 

 

 

Number of Shares of
Common Stock to be
Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding
Options and Rights

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

 

Number of Shares of Common
Stock Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Shares Reflected in
the First Column)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders(1)

 

 

13,053,313

(2)

 

 

$

2.216

 

 

 

2,257,166

(3)

 

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders(4)

 

 

672,000

 

 

 

$

3.139

 

 

 

1,323,000

 

 


(1)          The equity compensation plans approved by stockholders are the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and the amended and restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan.

36




(2)          Of these shares 181,250 options were outstanding under the amended and restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan and 12,872,063 were outstanding under the 2000 Employee Stock Incentive Plan.

(3)          Of these shares 1,995,822 shares are available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and 261,344 shares are available for issuance under the amended and restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan.

(4)          The equity compensation plan not approved by stockholders is the 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. Key provisions of the plan are:

·       The plan was adopted by the board of directors on May 23, 2001 and was effective on that date. The plan will terminate on May 23, 2011, however, awards outstanding at that time will not be affected or impaired by the plan’s termination;

·       Participation is limited to our employees or affiliates who are not directors or officers of the Company or any of its affiliates at the time a particular award is made;

·       Stock options granted may include incentive stock options, restricted stock, nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights or any combination thereof;

·       The plan shall be administered by the board or any committee that has been designated by the board;

·       The term of each stock option may in no event be more than 10 years; and

·       Upon a change of control transaction as described in the plan, the committee may, in its sole discretion, do one or more of the following;

·        shorten the period during which stock options are exercisable, provided they remain exercisable for at least 30 days after the date notice of the shortening is given to the participants;

·        accelerate any vesting schedule to which a stock option or restricted stock award is subject;

·        arrange to have the surviving or successor entity or any parent entity thereof assume the restricted stock awards and the stock options or grant replacement options with appropriate adjustments in the exercise prices and adjustments in the number and kind of securities issuable upon exercise or adjustments so that the stock options or their replacements represent the right to purchase the shares of stock, securities or other property, including cash, as may be issuable or payable as a result of the change of control transaction with respect to or in exchange for the number of shares of common stock purchasable and receivable upon exercise of the stock options had such exercise occurred in full prior to the change of control transaction; or

·        cancel stock options or unvested stock awards upon payment to the participants in cash, with respect to each stock option or restricted stock award to the extent then exercisable or vested, including, if applicable, any stock options or restricted stock awards as to which the vesting schedule has been accelerated by decision of the compensation committee because of the change of control transaction, of an amount that is the equivalent of the excess of the fair market value of the common stock at the effective time of the change of control transaction over, in the case of stock options, the exercise price of the stock option.

37




Item 6.        SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial data included elsewhere in this report. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this annual report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statements of operations data represent our results from continuing operations only and the selected consolidated balance sheet data exclude net assets from discontinued operations. The selected consolidated statements of operations data excludes our extraordinary item resulting from the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs associated with our early extinguishment of debt and includes our preferred stock dividend—assumed beneficial conversion. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales, net

 

$

32,336

 

$

26,565

 

$

40,156

 

$

62,220

 

$

115,797

 

Cost of goods sold

 

15,278

 

15,495

 

28,892

 

58,932

 

72,109

 

Gross profit

 

17,058

 

11,070

 

11,264

 

3,288

 

43,688

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

17,044

 

16,806

 

17,807

 

17,193

 

19,064

 

Selling and administrative

 

12,454

 

10,210

 

10,759

 

13,771

 

15,927

 

Acquired in-process research and development(2)

 

8,500

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

243

 

117

 

483

 

521

 

960

 

Recapitalization merger(3)

 

 

680

 

509

 

 

35,453

 

Restructuring charges (reversals)(4)

 

(3,845

)

(54

)

34,233

 

9,797

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

34,396

 

27,759

 

63,791

 

41,282

 

71,404

 

Loss from operations

 

(17,338

)

(16,689

)

(52,527

)

(37,994

)

(27,716

)

Interest income

 

682

 

755

 

1,218

 

3,015

 

3,320

 

Interest expense

 

(104

)

(117

)

(142

)

(238

)

(3,353

)

Other income (expense)—net

 

5

 

1,094

 

16

 

693

 

(1,390

)

Gain on dispositions of real property(5)

 

 

 

 

325

 

30,892

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(16,755

)

(14,957

)

(51,435

)

(34,199

)

1,753

 

Income tax (provision) benefit

 

7,674

 

647

 

 

12,528

 

(4,707

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(9,081

)

$

(14,310

)

$

(51,435

)

$

(21,671

)

$

(2,954

)

Loss from continuing operations per share—basic and diluted

 

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.25

)

$

(0.91

)

$

(0.39

)

$

(0.20

)

Shares used to calculate loss from continuing operations per share—basic and diluted

 

60,397

 

56,835

 

56,291

 

55,629

 

63,337

 

 

38




 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

24,392

 

$

10,900

 

$

43,524

 

$

25,216

 

$

48,970

 

Short-term investments

 

18,732

 

49,232

 

21,221

 

30,457

 

40,815

 

Working capital

 

46,724

 

58,748

 

71,431

 

84,822

 

98,877

 

Total assets

 

69,733

 

79,820

 

95,548

 

127,016

 

167,497

 

Total debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases, net of current portion

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

41,297

 

36,239

 

49,618

 

99,722

 

119,388

 


(1)          Per share amounts available to common stockholders reflect a $10 million preferred stock dividend for the assumed beneficial conversion on our preferred stock. In July 2000, the Company sold 1,498,800 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock to a group of investors. Proceeds from these sales totaled $11.2 million, net of expenses. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, the shares converted into common stock of the Company simultaneous with the Company’s initial public offering in August, 2000. In connection with this conversion, the Company recorded a $10.0 million non-cash preferred stock dividend based on an assumed beneficial conversion. This amount was computed based upon the difference between the IPO price and the price paid for the preferred stock.

(2)          During 2004, $8.5 million of the purchase price for the acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC was allocated to acquired in-process research and development expense (“IPRD”). Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no future alternative use. Technological feasibility is defined as being equivalent to a beta-phase working prototype in which there is no remaining risk relating to the development. The IPRD charge related to the EiC acquisition which was made up of two projects: 12V heterojunction bipolar transistor (“HBT”) power amplifiers and 28V HBT high power amplifiers which had an assigned value of $1.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively. The value of these projects was determined by estimating the discounted net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the projects, reduced by the portion of the revenue attributable to developed technology and the percentage of completion of the project. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired in-process research and development into commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all prototyping and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can meet its design specification including function, features and technical performance requirements. Therefore, the amount allocated to in-process research and development has been charged to operations.

(3)          Our 2003 and 2002 recapitalization merger and other expense is a non-recurring expenditure comprised of expenses incurred by the special committee to our Board of Directors to review a proposal from an affiliate, Fox Paine & Company LLC to acquire all of the shares of the Company’s common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders. In 2003, Fox Paine & Company LLC withdrew its proposal. Our 2000 recapitalization merger expense is a non-recurring expenditure comprised of employee retention and severance compensation, legal, professional and other costs associated with our recapitalization merger.

(4)          During the second quarter of 2004, the Company delayed the closure of its internal wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) for a minimum of three months to assess the integration of the EiC acquisition into its existing operations which resulted in an approximate $430,000 reduction in its lease loss accrual. During the third quarter of 2004, the Company decided to not close its fab as the Company believes that integrating the newly acquired fab from EiC with its pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. As such, the Company reversed the remainder

39




of this lease loss accrual of $3.6 million. Also during the third quarter of 2004, the Company revised its lease loss assumptions for its other facilities based on reductions in sublease occupancy rates and current facility costs. As such the Company accrued $161,000 of additional lease loss. During 2003, we revised our lease loss accrual downward for the four month additional operation of our wafer fab and reduced facility costs at our other two abandoned facilities. This credit was largely offset by an additional lease loss accrual for reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates and disposal of our remaining unsold assets held for sale. We also reversed a portion of our severance accrual for one employee slated to be terminated but instead retained for another position. Our 2002 restructuring charge reflects further consolidation and abandonment of leased space and associated impairment of tenant improvements, severance costs, an asset impairment charge and the initiation of a program to sell excess manufacturing equipment resulting from the prolonged downturn in the telecommunications industry, especially related to our fiber optics products. The 2002 restructuring charge also includes an additional charge for the leased facility we abandoned in 2001 based on our downward revised assumptions regarding sublease occupancy rates and market rates due to an overall deteriorating real estate market and difficulties encountered in subleasing the available space. Also during 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge related to our decision in December 2002 to completely outsource our internal wafer fabrication. Our 2001 restructuring charge reflects our decision to abandon a leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and current market conditions. For further discussion of our restructuring charges, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

(5)          Our 2001 gain on dispositions of real property is related to the release of escrow funds related to our sale of leasehold interests in our Palo Alto site which was partially offset by residual expenses from the sale of the property. In 2000, our pre-tax gain primarily related to our sale of the remaining leasehold interest in our Palo Alto site.

40




Item 7.        MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Special Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements including financial projections, statements as to the plans and objectives of management for future operations, and statements as to our future economic performance, financial condition or results of operations. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, projections about our industry, our beliefs and our assumptions. Words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks” and “estimates” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” above. Readers of this report are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. Except for historic actual results reported, the following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. See “Special Notice Regarding Forward-looking Statements” above and “Risk Factors” above for a discussion of certain factors that could cause future actual results to differ from those described in the following discussion.

Overview

We are a radio frequency (“RF”) devices company providing radio frequency products worldwide to communications equipment companies and service providers. We design, develop and manufacture innovative, high performance products for both current and next generation wireless and wireline networks, defense and homeland security systems and RF identification systems. Our products are comprised of advanced, highly functional RF semiconductors, components and integrated assemblies which seek to address the RF challenges of these various systems. We have been designing RF devices for more than 45 years and have developed significant expertise in RF design, semiconductor process technology and component integration. Our commercial communications products are used by telecommunication and broadband cable equipment manufacturers supporting and facilitating mobile communications, enhanced voice services, data and image transport. Our objective is to be the leading supplier of innovative RF semiconductors products.

On June 18, 2004, we completed our acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC Corporation, a California corporation and EiC Enterprises Limited (together “EiC”). The aggregate purchase price was $13.2 million which included consideration to EiC in the form of payments of cash of $10.0 million and the issuance of 737,000 shares of our common stock valued at $2.5 million, as well as acquisition related costs we incurred of $1.2 million and $126,000 of estimated registration statement related expenses reduced by $576,000 related to the termination settlement of the associated supply agreement with EiC recognized during our quarter ended December 31, 2004. In connection with the acquisition, $1.5 million in cash and 294,118 shares of common stock have been held in escrow as security against certain financial contingencies. The outstanding balance of the escrow account less any properly noticed unpaid or contested amounts will be distributed within five days after March 31, 2005. On November 23, 2004 we filed a registration statement registering for resale by the seller of up to 442,882 shares of our common stock issued in the acquisition. In addition to the closing consideration, EiC may be entitled to further consideration of up to $14.0 million in cash and shares of our common stock if certain revenue and gross margin targets are achieved by March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006. We shall pay EiC this additional consideration, if earned, ninety percent (90%) in our common stock and ten percent (10%) in cash. The number of shares of our common stock to be delivered shall be determined by dividing the value in dollars of the portion payable in our common stock by the average closing price of our common

41




stock, as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market, during the ten consecutive trading days ending one trading day before the end of the period covered by the payment, provided, however, that in the event that the calculation of the average closing price results in a price for the first payment that would be less than $5.00 or for the second payment that would be less than $6.00, then we, at our option, in our sole discretion, may elect to make the payment part or all in cash and the balance, if any, in shares of our common stock. If EiC receives such consideration, the amounts will be recorded as an increase to goodwill. The fair value of our common stock was determined based on the average closing price per share of our common stock over a 5-day period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after the amended terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced (June 21, 2004). The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”). We believe that the addition of EiC’s technical expertise further enhances WJ’s strategy of offering customers what we believe to be industry leading products for the wireless infrastructure market.

WJ Communications, Inc. (formerly Watkins-Johnson Company, “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) was founded in 1957 in Palo Alto, California, and for many years we focused on RF microwave devices for defense electronics and space communications systems. Beginning in the 1990s, we began applying our RF design, semiconductor technology and integration capabilities to address the growing opportunities for commercial communications products. We believe that our track record of designing high quality, reliable products and our long-standing relationships with industry-leading customers are important competitive advantages. We were originally incorporated in California and reincorporated in Delaware in August 2000.

Recent Developments

On January 28, 2005 we completed our acquisition of Telenexus, Inc. (“Telenexus”). Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 19, 2005, by and between us, WJ Newco, LLC (the “WJ Sub”), Telenexus and Richard J. Swanson, Wilfred K. Lau, David Fried, Kurt Christensen and Mark Sutton. Telenexus was merged with and into the WJ Sub effective on January 29, 2005. The WJ Sub was the survivor in the merger and is our wholly-owned subsidiary. Telenexus designs, develops, manufactures and markets radio frequency identification (“RFID”) reader products for a broad range of industries and markets. By virtue of the merger, we purchased through the WJ Sub all of the assets necessary for the conduct of the RFID business of Telenexus, consisting primarily of, and including, but not limited to RFID modules, baseband processing algorithm technology, applications software and realizations of several reader product designs. The consideration we paid on the closing date in connection with the merger consisted of cash in the amount of $3.0 million, which was paid out of our cash reserves on the closing date, and 2,333,333 shares of our common stock valued at $8.2 million at the closing date. Of the closing consideration, cash in the amount of $0.5 million and 333,333 shares of our common stock are being held in escrow with respect to any indemnification matter under the merger agreement. In addition to the closing consideration, the sellers may be entitled to further compensation of up to up to $2.5 million in cash and up to 833,333 shares of our common stock if we achieve certain revenue targets by July 28, 2006. The fair value of our common stock was determined based on the average closing price per share of our common stock over a 5-day period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after the amended terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced (January 31, 2005). Messrs. Swanson and Lau also entered into three-year employment agreements with us. We believe the addition of Telenexus’ RFID products and technology will allow us to continue to enhance our RFID reader offerings to further capitalize on market opportunity.

42




Sales

We sell our products to a broad group of communications original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and their suppliers and subcontractors. Our major customers provide forecasted demand on at least a monthly basis, which assists us in managing our inventory requirements. These forecasts, however, are subject to changes, including changes as a result of market conditions, and could fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

We depend on a small number of customers for a majority of our sales. Sales to our customers which account for more than 10% of our total annual sales were, in aggregate, 63%, 70% and 62% of our sales for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. For the identity of our customers who contributed greater than 10% of our total sales for each of the preceding three years and the annual amount of those sales, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We have diversified our customer base over the last few years and intend to further diversify our customer base and product offering in the future. However, we anticipate that we will continue to sell a majority of our products to a relatively small group of customers. In addition, most of our sales result from purchase orders or contracts that can be cancelled on short-term notice. Delays in manufacturing or supply procurement or other factors, including general market slow downs, have caused and could potentially continue to cause cancellation, reduction or delay in orders by or in shipments to a significant customer. If the markets for our products in broadband cable or wireless communications decline, fail to grow, or grow more slowly than we anticipate, the use of our products may be reduced with a significant negative impact on our sales, earnings, inventory valuations and cash flow.

Revenues from product sales are recognized when all of the following conditions are met: the product has been shipped and title has passed to the customer, we have the right to invoice the customer at a fixed price, the collection of the receivable is reasonably assured and there are no significant obligations remaining. Generally, title passes upon shipment of our products. Certain contracts are under a consignment arrangement under which title to our products does not pass until the customer utilizes these products in its production processes. As a consequence, we recognize revenue on these contracts only when the customer notifies us of product consumption. In addition to our internal sales efforts, we use a sole distributor (Richardson Electronics, Ltd.) to sell semiconductor and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) products. Revenues from this distributor are recognized upon shipment based on the following factors: our sales price is fixed or determinable by contract at the time of shipment, payment terms are fixed at shipment and are consistent with terms granted to other customers, the distributor has full risk of physical loss, the distributor has separate economic substance, we have no obligation with respect to the resale of the distributor’s inventory, and we believe we can reasonably estimate the potential returns from our distributor based on their history and our visibility in the distributor’s success with its products and into the market place in general. This agreement expanded our previous relationship and includes provisions for joint marketing and promotional activities such as advertising in trade publications and the planning and execution of technical tours/demonstrations and trade shows, including such expenses as rental of space and/or equipment, travel and posters. We directly compensate vendors for the cost of these specifically identified goods or services or may reimburse Richardson Electronics, Ltd. if they incurred the cost of such specifically identified goods or services on our behalf the value of which is substantied by invoicing from vendors. Our cost for these activities is recorded in selling and administrative expense as advertising.

Based on specific terms of the customer contract or purchase order, we may negotiate a final delivery and settlement in connection with customer order cancellations. Due to the uncertain and lengthy nature of these negotiations, a substantial portion, if not all, of the inventory subject to the cancellation may be written off. In the first quarter of 2002, we completed a fixed wireless contract with one customer resulting in $3.0 million of sales for final product delivery. Substantially all of this inventory had been written off in 2001. In the second quarter of 2002, we completed our largest long-haul fiber optic contract for our OC-192 dielectric resonator oscillator (“DRO”) resulting in $2.7 million of sales. The inventory sold had

43




been previously written down by $2.1 million to an adjusted cost basis of $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2002. The resulting margin was similar to other deliveries of this product. In the future, we anticipate that similar arrangements for final deliveries could be made with other customers upon completion of major contracts, however there can be no assurance that this will occur.

Generally, the selling prices of our products decrease over time as a result of increased volumes or general competitive pressures. We expect that prices will continue to decline as a result of volume increases or these competitive pressures.

Cost of Goods Sold

Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of:

·       direct material costs of product components;

·       production wages, taxes and benefits;

·       costs of assembly and test by third party contract manufacturers;

·       wafer costs from third-party semiconductor foundries;

·       labor contracted on a temporary basis;

·       supplies consumed in the manufacturing process;

·       depreciation and amortization of manufacturing and test equipment and leasehold improvements;

·       lease expense for our manufacturing facilities;

·       allocated occupancy costs;

·       scrapped material used in the production process; and

·       write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory.

We recognize cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenue. We recognize losses on contracts, including purchase order commitments, when identified. We have not recognized any such losses during 2004, 2003 or 2002.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into two general categories: research and development, and selling and administrative. We classify all charges to these two categories based on the nature of the expenditures. Although each of these two categories includes expenses that are unique to the category type, there are commonly recurring expenditures that are typically included in these categories, such as wages, fringe benefit costs, depreciation and allocated overhead.

Research and Development

Research and development expense represents wages, supplies and allocated overhead costs to design, develop and improve products and processes. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Selling and Administrative

Selling and administrative expense consists primarily of wages, travel and facility costs incurred by and other expenses allocated to our selling and administrative departments. Selling and administrative expense also includes manufacturer representatives and distributor sales commissions, trade show and advertising expenses and fees and expenses of legal, accounting, and other professional consultants.

44




Amortization of Deferred Stock Compensation

We have recorded deferred stock compensation representing the differential between the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant and the exercise price for employee stock options. We are amortizing this amount using the straight line method over the vesting period of the options and stock granted.

Recapitalization Merger

In September 2002 we announced the receipt of a proposal from an affiliate, Fox Paine & Company LLC (“Fox Paine”) to acquire all of the shares of the Company’s common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders (the “Acquisition Proposal”). On March 27, 2003, Fox Paine withdrew its Acquisition Proposal. Our 2003 and 2002 recapitalization merger and other expense is a non-recurring expenditure comprised of expenses incurred by the special committee to our Board of Directors to review the proposal from an affiliate, Fox Paine & Company LLC to acquire all of the shares of our common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders for $1.10 per share in cash. These expenses include legal and financial consulting fees as well as compensation to the members of the special committee.

Restructuring Charge

Our 2001 restructuring charge reflects our decision to abandon a leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and current market conditions. It is comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and an asset impairment charge on tenant improvements. In determining this estimate, we have made certain assumptions with regards to our ability to sublease the space and have reflected off-setting assumed sublease income in line with our best estimate based on the current market conditions. Our 2002 restructuring charge reflects further consolidation and abandonment of leased space and associated impairment of tenant improvements, severance costs, an asset impairment charge and the initiation of a program to sell excess manufacturing equipment resulting from the prolonged downturn in the telecommunications industry, especially related to our fiber optics products. The 2002 restructuring charge also includes an additional charge for the leased facility we abandoned in 2001 based on our downward revised assumptions regarding sublease occupancy rates and market rates due to an overall deteriorating real estate market and difficulties encountered in subleasing the available space. Also during 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge related to our decision in December 2002 to completely outsource our internal wafer fabrication (“fab”) within one year. As a result of the planned fab closure, we accrued associated severance expenses, accrued the eventual abandonment of additional excess space for which we will have a remaining two year commitment and recorded an impairment on our internal wafer fabrication equipment and related leasehold improvements. During 2003, we revised our lease loss accrual downward for the four month additional operation of our wafer fab and reduced facility costs at our other two abandoned facilities. This reversal was largely offset by an additional lease loss accrual for reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates and disposal of our remaining unsold assets held for sale. We also reversed a portion of our severance accrual for one employee slated to be terminated but instead retained for another position. During 2004, we reversed the lease loss associated with our fab and remaining severance accrual due to our assessment and subsequent decision to not close our fab as we believe that integrating the newly acquired fab from EiC with our pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. This reversal was partially offset by a net increase in the lease loss accrual for our other leased facilities based on reductions in sublease occupancy rates and a net increase in facility operating costs.

45




Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On a continuous basis, we evaluate all our significant estimates including those related to doubtful accounts receivable, inventory valuation, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes, restructuring including accruals for abandoned lease properties, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstance, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and such differences could be material.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of all our significant accounting policies.

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations require management to make significant estimations and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from acquired developed technologies and patents, expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from the projects when completed, customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements, also the brand awareness and the market position of the acquired products and assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” This SAB requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Determination of criteria (3) and (4) are based on management’s judgments regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged for products delivered and the collectibility of those fees. Revenues from our distributor are recognized upon shipment based on the following factors: our sales price is fixed or determinable by contract at the time of shipment, payment terms are fixed at shipment and are consistent with terms granted to other customers, the distributor has full risk of physical loss, the distributor has separate economic substance, we have no obligation with respect to the resale of the distributor’s inventory, and we believe we can reasonably estimate the potential returns from our distributor based on their history and our visibility in the distributor’s success with its products and into the market place in general. We accrue for distributor right of return, authorized price reductions for specific end-customer sales opportunities and price protection based on known events and historical trends. Through 2004 the amount of those reserves has not been material (See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for a

46




detailed discussion of all our revenue reserves). Should changes in conditions cause management to determine these criteria are not met for certain future transactions, revenue recognized for any reporting period could be adversely affected. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 48 “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists”, the Company accrues a reserve based on its reasonable estimate of future returns based on historical trends and contractual limitations. Per contractual agreement, the distributor may return product three times per year under the following conditions: the total value of inventory returned shall not exceed an amount equal to 5% of the total value of the distributor’s stock on hand of the Company’s products as reported in the prior month’s inventory report, the inventory is returned no earlier than 6 months and no later than 24 months from the date of the original invoice date and the product’s packaging has not been opened or any alteration or modification has been performed on the part. At the end of any given period, the Company reserves revenue equal to 5% of the distributor’s current reported inventory and cost of revenue for the associated cost of the estimated returns. As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s distributor stock rotation reserve was $338,000, $196,000 and $247,000, respectively. Beginning in September 2003, the Company entered into a program where the distributor would receive a credit if it sold specific product at a reduced price to specific end-customers pre-authorized by the Company. The Company maintains a log of all such pre-authorized price reductions which it accrues as a reduction to revenue in the period that the pre-authorization occurs per issue 4 of EITF 01-9 “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer.” As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s Ship & Debit Allowance was $5,000, $29,000 and $0, respectively. If the Company reduces the prices of its products as negotiated with the distributor, the distributor may receive a credit for the difference between the price paid by the distributor and the reduced price on applicable unsold products remaining in the distributor’s inventory on the effective date of the price reduction assuming that inventory is less than 24 months old as determined by the original invoice date. The Company reserves for distributor price protection per issue 4 of EITF 01-9 based on specific identification of Company initiated price reductions and the associated reported distributor inventory. There has been no such price reductions during 2004, 2003 or 2002.

Write-down of Excess and Obsolete Inventory

We write down our inventory for estimated obsolete or unmarketable inventory for the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Management specifically identifies obsolete products and analyzes historical usage, forecasted production generally based on a rolling eighteen month demand forecast, current economic trends and historical write-offs when evaluating the valuation of our inventory. Due to rapidly changing customer forecasts and orders, additional write-downs of excess or obsolete inventory, while not currently expected, could be required in the future. In addition, the sale of previously written down inventory could result from significant unforeseen increases in customer demand.

Valuation of Intangible Assets and Goodwill

We periodically evaluate our intangible assets and goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Intangible assets include goodwill and purchased technology. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, or significant negative industry or economic trends. If these criteria indicate that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, an evaluation of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life is made. If this evaluation indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, the net carrying value of the related intangible asset will be reduced to fair value, and the remaining amortization period may be adjusted. Any such impairment charge could be significant and could have a

47




material adverse effect on our reported financial statements if and when an impairment charge is recorded. If an impairment charge is recognized, the amortization related to intangible assets would decrease during the remainder of the fiscal year.

Income Taxes

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5 “Accounting for Contingencies” we have established reserves for income tax contingencies. These reserves relate to various tax years subject to audit by tax authorities including our tax filings for 1996 to 2000. The reserves represent our best estimate of the probable amount for our liability of income taxes, interest and penalties. The actual liability could differ significantly from the amount of the reserve, which could have a material effect on our results of operations. The tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2004 of $7.7 million resulted from a revision of our estimated income tax contingency liability due to our receipt of the final assessment from the Internal Revenue Service related to the audit of the Company’s 1996 through 2000 tax returns.

In addition, as part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income tax provision (benefit) in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current income tax provision (benefit) together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

Restructuring

During fiscal 2002 and 2001, we recorded significant restructuring charges representing the direct costs of exiting certain product lines or businesses and the costs of downsizing our business. Such charges were established in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 94-3 (“EITF 94-3”) “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)” and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges.” These charges include abandoned leased properties comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and asset impairment charges on tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable. In determining these estimates, we make certain assumptions with regards to our ability to sublease the space and reflect offsetting assumed sublease income in line with our best estimate of current market conditions. Should there be a further significant change in market conditions, the ultimate losses on these could be higher and such amount could be material. During 2002, we recorded restructuring charges of $27.9 million related to restructuring activities initiated in 2002 and also recorded additional charges of $6.3 million related to restructuring activities initiated in 2001, primarily due to changes in estimated sublease income. During 2003, we revised our lease loss accrual downward for an estimated four months of additional operation of our wafer fab and reduced facility costs at our other two abandoned facilities. This reversal was largely offset by an additional lease loss accrual for reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates. During 2004, we recorded a reversal of $4.0 million related to our assessment and subsequent decision to not close our internal wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) as we believe that integrating the newly acquired fab

48




from EiC with our pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. As such, we reversed $3.9 million of our lease loss accrual and $85,000 of our severance accrual. This credit was partially offset by an additional $161,000 lease loss accrual as we revised our lease loss assumptions for our facilities based on reductions in sublease occupancy rates and a net increase in facility operating costs.

The leased property abandonments have resulted in an average per year benefit of $3.1 million in reduced lease expense and $677,000 in reduced amortization of leasehold improvements which will continue through 2010. The leased property abandonments had no effect on our future cash flows. The collective asset impairments have resulted in an average per year benefit of $2.6 million in reduced depreciation expense of manufacturing equipment which will continue over the next three years ending in 2007. The equipment deemed excess in 2002 was ultimately sold for $1.8 million. Otherwise, the asset impairments had no effect on our future cash flows. The workforce reductions have resulted reduced wages and benefits of $2.7 million per year with a corresponding reduction in cash flows. In total the restructuring plans have benefited our results of operations on average as follows since 2002: $5.7 million reduction in cost of goods sold, $1.1 million reduction in research and development expense and $2.4 million reduction in selling and administrative expense. Except for changes in the sublease estimates noted above, actual results to date have been consistent, in all material respects, with our assumptions at the time of the restructuring charge.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Factors we consider that could trigger an impairment review include the following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; significant negative industry or economic trends; or significant technological changes, which would render equipment and manufacturing processes obsolete. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of these assets to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Significant management judgment is required in the forecasting of future operating results which are used in the preparation of projected cash flows and should different conditions prevail, material write downs of our long-lived assets could occur.

49




Current Operations

The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated. As a result of our new products, changing market conditions and other factors, the historical percentages and comparisons set forth below may not reflect our expected future operations.

 

 

Percentage of Sales

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales, net

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

47.2

 

58.3

 

71.9

 

Gross profit

 

52.8

 

41.7

 

28.1

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

52.7

 

63.3

 

44.3

 

Selling and administrative

 

38.5

 

38.4

 

26.8

 

Acquired in-process research & development

 

26.3

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

0.8

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

Recapitalization merger and other

 

 

2.6

 

1.3

 

Restructuring charge (reversals)

 

(11.9

)

(0.2

)

85.3

 

Total operating expenses

 

106.4

 

104.5

 

158.9

 

Loss from operations

 

(53.6

)

(62.8

)

(130.8

)

Interest income

 

2.1

 

2.8

 

3.0

 

Interest expense

 

(0.3

)

(0.4

)

(0.3

)

Other income—net

 

 

4.1

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

(51.8

)

(56.3

)

(128.1

)

Income tax benefit

 

23.7

 

2.4

 

 

Net loss

 

(28.1

)%

(53.9

)%

(128.1

)%

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

SalesWe recognized $32.3 million, $26.6 million and $40.2 million in sales for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in sales from 2003 to 2004 primarily reflects the increase in our semiconductor and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) sales which more than offset the decline in our wireless integrated assembly sales. The decline in sales from 2002 to 2003 primarily reflects the decline in our wireless integrated assembly sales as these products neared the end of their product life cycle as well as our strategic decisions in 2002 to focus on our competitive advantages and dedicate our resources to the radio frequency (“RF”) semiconductor market by selling our wireless repeater and thin-film product lines and exiting the fixed wireless assembly and fiber optics markets.

Semiconductor and RFID sales during 2004 totaled $29.8 million, representing 92% of total sales which was a $9.6 million or 47% increase in comparison to 2003 sales of $20.2 million (76% of total sales) and our 2003 semiconductor and RFID sales increased $1.0 million or 5% in comparison to 2002 sales of $19.2 million (48% of total sales). Our semiconductor and RFID sales included sales of our Thin-Film products which represents $855,000 and $3.2 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively. In May 2003 we sold our Thin-Film product line to M/A COM (a unit of Tyco Electronics). Excluding sales of our Thin-Film products, our semiconductor and RFID sales increased $10.4 million or 54% to $29.8 million in 2004 and $3.4 million or 21% to $19.4 million in 2003 from $16.0 million in 2002. The increase in our semiconductor and RFID sales during 2004 related to an increase in the volume of products sold due, in part, to our introduction of over 60 new products (including our MPR family of PCMCIA form factor UHF RFID readers and our power amplifier modules for PAS/PHS telecommunication networks in China), our expanded product offering due to our acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business from EiC

50




Corporation (representing $3.4 million of our semiconductor and RFID sales in 2004) and our increasing sales in the United States (16% increase in 2004) and Asia (particularly China, which increased 106% in 2004). During 2004 our average selling price of our semiconductor products increased by approximately 9% due to new product introductions. Approximately $661,000 of our semiconductor and RFID sales resulted from sales of product to EiC under a supply agreement we entered into with them as part our acquisition of their wireless infrastructure business and associated assets. This supply agreement was substantially completed by December 31, 2004 and there will be no significant sales from these products in future periods. The increase in our semiconductor and RFID sales from 2002 to 2003 related to an increase in the volume of our products sold due, in part, to our introduction of over 50 new products and our increasing sales in Asia (particularly China, which in the aggregate accounted for 7% of total sales in 2003 and compared to 3% in 2002). This increase was mitigated by an approximate 22% decrease in the average selling price of our products due to competitive pressure.

Wireless integrated assembly sales for 2004 totaled $2.3 million, representing 7% of total sales and a decrease of $4.0 million or 64% from sales of $6.3 million (24% of total sales) in 2003. Our 2003 wireless integrated assembly sales decreased $8.4 million or 57% from sales of $14.7 million in 2002, or 37% of total sales. The decrease in wireless integrated assembly sales in 2004 and 2003 related to a drop in the volume of our wireless integrated assembly products sold as these products have reached the end of their product life cycle. Lucent Technologies was the major customer for our wireless integrated assembly products. During 2003, they decided to design the next generation of this type of product themselves and build it through the use of contract manufacturers. During our third quarter ended September 28, 2003, they notified us that they would no longer purchase significant quantities of these products and might only purchase moderate quantities for their customers who may need to expand or maintain older telecommunications networks. We made the decision in early 2002 to exit the fixed wireless assembly market. Wireless integrated assembly sales for 2002 included $3.7 million for final product delivery of our last major fixed wireless contract. The decline in our wireless integrated assembly sales, including fixed wireless assembly sales, over the last two years contributed to the decline in our sales to Europe. As these products have reached the end of their product life cycle, they will not be a significant factor in our long term business. Aside from potential and infrequent “life time buys,” our focus will predominantly be supporting the existing product base.

Fiber optic sales were $270,000 in 2004, representing less than 1% of total sales. We exited the fiber optic market in mid-2002 based on the protracted lack of demand for long-haul fiber optic products. Fiber optic sales in 2004 and 2003 represents sales of residual inventory, primarily manufactured in prior years. Fiber optic sales in 2003 totaled $12,000, compared to $6.2 million (16% of total sales) in 2002. This decline in fiber optic sales was caused by the decline in our sales to Nortel Networks who was the predominat customer for these products. The decline also caused the decline in our sales to Canada and contributed to the decline in our sales to Europe. There will be no more sales from our fiber optic products in future periods.

Cost of Goods Sold—Our cost of goods sold for 2004 was $15.3 million, a decrease of $217,000 or 1% as compared with cost of goods sold of $15.5 million in 2003. As a percentage of sales, our cost of goods sold decreased to 47% in 2004 from 58% in 2003. This decrease in our cost of goods sold as a percentage of sales reflects the change in our product sales mix to a greater percentage of higher margin semiconductor products from relatively lower margin wireless assembly products. This reduction in direct costs was partially offset by increased indirect cost of goods sold of $573,000 for manufacturing supplies, $447,000 for equipment maintenance and $387,000 for increased manufacturing support staff all due to increased volume production including the product lines we acquired from EiC. In absolute dollars, the decrease in cost of goods sold reflects the factors previously noted. Our cost of goods sold was $28.9 million in 2002. As a percentage of sales, our cost of goods sold decreased to 58% of sales in 2003 from 72% in 2002. This decrease in our cost of goods sold as a percentage of sales for 2003 reflects the change in

51




our product sales mix to a greater percentage of higher margin semiconductor products from relatively lower margin wireless assembly products and the cost reductions generated by our restructuring program implemented in our third quarter of 2002 including reductions in wages and benefits, rent, and depreciation expenses. These reduced costs were partially offset by additional expenses incurred to transition our semiconductor manufacturing processes to outside foundries. In absolute dollars, the decrease in our cost of goods sold reflects the factors previously noted as well as our decline in sales during 2003.

We continue to experience unabsorbed overhead costs related to underutilization of our existing wafer fabrication facilities, including the facility and related equipment acquired from EiC. While prior restructuring programs have mitigated some of our unabsorbed overhead through the write down of excess facilities and equipment, we will still have fixed manufacturing costs that these efforts will not impact until we can further reduce excess capacity. We typically generate a lower gross margin on new product introductions which we expect to be a higher percentage of our sales mix going forward. Over time, we typically become more efficient relative to new products through learning and increased volumes as well as through improved yields. New product lines also contain a greater degree of inventory risk due to uncertainty regarding a lack of visibility and predictability of customer demand and potential competition.

Research and DevelopmentOur research and development for 2004 was $17.0 million, an increase of $238,000 or 1% as compared with research and development expense of $16.8 million in 2003. Our 2003 research and development expense decreased by $1.0 million or 6% as compared with our research and development expense of $17.8 million for 2002. The increase in absolute dollars in 2004 is primarily related to the increased engineering staff and new product development efforts related to the products and processes we acquired from EiC and increased spending on design consulting services which was largely offset by a decrease in overall overhead. Research and development efforts in 2004 were primarily attributable to spending on the development of our radio frequency identification (“RFID”) reader ASIC (WTX1000), our MPR family of PCMCIA form factor UHF RFID readers and our power amplifier modules for PAS/PHS telecommunication networks in China. The decrease in absolute dollars in 2003 is primarily related to a decrease in procured materials used in our research and development. Research and development efforts in 2003 and 2002 were primarily attributable to spending on the overall development of RF semiconductor products. During 2002, we greatly increased our expenditures on RF semiconductor development projects while significantly reducing or eliminating development efforts on other product lines. During 2004, research and development expenses were 53% as a percentage of sales which compares to 63% in 2003 and 44% in 2002. The decrease in research and development expense as a percentage of sales from 2003 to 2004is primarily related to our increase in sales. The increase in research and development expense as a percentage of sales from 2002 to 2003 relates to our decline in sales. Product research and development is essential to our future success and we expect to continue to make investments in new product development and engineering talent. In 2005 we will focus our research efforts and resources on RF semiconductor development which target multiple growth markets such as RFID and defense and homeland security and while expanding our addressable market opportunities in wireless communications and broadband cable. We will also explore process capabilities of third party foundries and develop products under new process technologies such as SiGe BiCMOS. In absolute dollars, we expect our 2005 research and development expenditures to remain relatively constant with the prior year.

Selling and Administrative—Selling and administrative expense for 2004 was $12.5 million or 39% of sales, an increase of $2.2 million or 22% as compared with selling and administrative expense of $10.2 million or 38% of sales in 2003. The increase in absolute dollars during 2004 is primarily related to a $560,000 increase in salaries and wages due to an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, $558,000 increase in severance due to a stock compensation charge resulting from the modification of two option agreements (extension of the option exercise period), a $484,000 increase in accounting fees resulting from additional corporate governance requirements, $267,000 increase in commission costs due

52




to increased sales of our radio frequency (‘RF”) semiconductor products and a $141,000 increase in bonus expense. Additionally, during 2003, we benefited from a reduction in our Board of Directors’ compensation plan which was approved at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 15, 2003 and resulted in a reduction in accrued expenses of $238,000. Also, 2003 had benefited from the collection of $393,000 of receivables which had been reserved in a prior period. During 2004, we reserved $51,000 of receivables whose collection is doubtful. These increased costs were partially offset by a $347,000 reduction in our Directors and Officers and Liability insurance premiums and a $112,000 decrease in advertising and promotion costs. Selling and administrative expense for 2003 was $10.2 million or 38% of sales, a decrease of $549,000 or 5% as compared with selling and administrative expense of $10.8 million or 27% of sales in 2002. The decrease in absolute dollars is primarily related to $983,000 of cost reductions generated by our restructuring program implemented in our third quarter of 2002 including reductions in wages and benefits, rent and tax expenses. Additionally, we benefited from a $238,000 reduction in our Board of Directors’ compensation plan that was approved at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on July 15, 2003. These reduced expenses were partially offset by a $200,000 increase in insurance premiums, a $184,000 increase in commission costs due to increased sales of our RF semiconductor products and a $136,000 increase in bonus expense. As a percentage of sales, the increase in selling and administrative expenses from 2003 to 2004 reflects the factors noted above. As a percentage of sales, the increase in selling and administrative expenses from 2002 to 2003 reflects our decline in sales over that period.

Acquired In-process Research and Development Expenses—During 2004, $8.5 million of the purchase price for the acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC was allocated to acquired in-process research and development expense (“IPRD”). Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no future alternative use. Technological feasibility is defined as being equivalent to a beta-phase working prototype in which there is minimal remaining risk relating to the development. The IPRD charge related to the EiC acquisition which was made up of two projects: 12V heterojunction bipolar transistor (“HBT”) power amplifiers and 28V HBT high power amplifiers which had an assigned value of $1.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, we have completed both the 12V and 28V HBT high power amplifier process development projects. The value of these projects was determined by estimating the discounted net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the projects, reduced by the portion of the revenue attributable to developed technology and the percentage of completion of the project. Actual results to date have been consistent, in all material respects, with our assumptions at the time of the acquisition. The assumptions consist primarily of expected completion dates for the IPRD projects, estimated costs to complete the projects, and revenue and expense projections for the products once they have entered the market.

The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired in-process research and development into commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all prototyping and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can meet its design specification including function, features and technical performance requirements. Therefore, the amount allocated to in-process research and development has been charged to operations.

Amortization of Deferred Stock Compensation—Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense of $308,000, $149,000 and $513,000 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, is related to the issuance of employee stock options at prices deemed below fair market value. Included in the total deferred stock compensation described above is $65,000, $32,000 and $30,000 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations. The increase in amortization of deferred stock compensation expense during 2004 was attributable to the issuance of 105,500 employee stock options for a purchase price of $0.01 per share which was less than the fair value of common stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2004, the balance of our remaining unamortized deferred stock compensation was $365,000 to be amortized over the next 22 months.

53




Recapitalization Merger—We incurred recapitalization merger expense of $680,000 in 2003 and $509,000 in 2002 related to our consideration of the proposed Fox Paine transaction. On September 19, 2002, we announced the receipt of a proposal from an affiliate, Fox Paine & Company LLC (“Fox Paine”) to acquire all of the shares of our common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders (the “Acquisition Proposal”). At that time, Fox Paine and its affiliates owned approximately 66% of our outstanding shares or 37.0 million shares of a total of 55.9 million shares outstanding. Our Board of Directors formed a special committee composed of two independent directors not affiliated with Fox Paine (the “Special Committee”) to review the Acquisition Proposal. These expenses include legal and financial consulting fees as well as compensation to the members of the Special Committee. On March 27, 2003, Fox Paine withdrew its Acquisition Proposal.

Restructuring Charges—During 2004, we reversed the lease loss associated with our internal wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) and remaining severance accrual due to our assessment and subsequent decision to not close our fab as we believe that integrating the newly acquired fab from EiC with our pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. This reversal was partially offset by a net increase in the lease loss accrual for our other leased facilities based on reductions in sublease occupancy rates and a net increase in facility operating costs.

In 2003, we revised our lease loss accrual downward for the four month additional operation of our wafer fab and reduced facility costs at our other two abandoned facilities. This reversal was largely offset by an additional lease loss accrual for reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates and disposal of our remaining unsold assets held for sale. We also reversed a portion of our severance accrual for one employee slated to be terminated but instead retained for another position.

For 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $25.4 million reflecting consolidation and abandonment of leased space and associated impairment of tenant improvements, severance costs, an asset impairment charge and the initiation of a program to sell excess manufacturing equipment resulting from the prolonged downturn in the telecommunications industry, especially related to our fiber optics products. In the third quarter of 2002, we decided to abandon a portion of our leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and current market conditions. This excess space, for which we had a remaining eight year commitment, is located on the first floor of our current corporate headquarters and originally housed a portion of our optics and integrated assemblies manufacturing operations. This decision resulted in a lease loss of $11.3 million, comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and an asset impairment charge of $3.2 million on tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable. In determining this estimate, we made certain assumptions with regards to our ability to sublease the space and reflected offsetting assumed sublease income in line with our best estimate of current market conditions. In addition, our management made a decision during the third quarter of 2002 to exit the fiber optics business after current contractual obligations had been satisfied. This decision resulted in a significant overcapacity of certain manufacturing equipment and we initiated a plan to sell this equipment before the end of the first quarter of 2003. Our excess manufacturing equipment resulted in a total charge of $3.9 million. Assets to be held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Management determined fair market value after consideration of several factors including the condition of the equipment, offers made by potential buyers of the equipment and the results of an independent third party appraisal. The majority of these impaired assets was sold in the fourth quarter of 2002. Also during the third quarter of 2002, our management identified manufacturing equipment exclusively supporting certain in-warranty optics and fixed wireless products as well as manufacturing equipment supporting final orders for certain other optics and fixed wireless products and determined that the estimated future cash flows did not support the carrying value of these assets. As such, the carrying value of these assets were written down to the estimated future cash flows that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of these assets, which management determined after consideration of

54




several factors including the condition and management’s intended use of the equipment, offers made for similar equipment the Company intended to sell and the results of an independent third party appraisal. This action resulted in a $200,000 asset impairment charge. During 2002, we incurred severance expense of $507,000 related to a reduction of 50 employees.

Also during 2002, we recorded a restructuring charge of $8.8 million related to our decision in December 2002 to completely outsource our internal wafer fabrication. As a result of the planned closure of our wafer fabrication facility, approximately 10% of the Company’s workforce (20 employees) would have been eliminated, which would have resulted in severance payments of $279,000. The closure of this facility would have resulted in additional excess space of approximately 35,000 square feet for which we had a remaining two year commitment at that time. This decision resulted in a lease loss of $4.3 million, comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs. In determining this estimate, we made certain assumptions with regards to our ability to sublease the space and reflected offsetting assumed sublease income in line with our best estimate of current market conditions. This decision triggered an impairment analysis under SFAS No. 144. Management measured the recoverability of these assets through a comparison of the carrying amount of these assets to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets over their remaining year of life. As such, the carrying value of these assets were written down to the estimated future cash flows that are directly associated with and that were expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of these assets. Management estimated the future cash flows using a traditional present value approach based on management’s assumptions regarding the intended use of these assets consistent with the Company’s budget and projections as well as the planned eventual disposition of the asset group through sale. Management estimated the disposition value of these assets after consideration of several factors including the condition and management’s intended use of the equipment, offers made for similar equipment the Company intended to sell and the results of an independent third party appraisal. Management employed a risk-free interest rate commensurate with the Company’s size, capital structure and stock volatility in relation to the overall market. This action resulted in a $4.2 million asset impairment charge.

For 2001, we recorded a restructuring charge of $9.8 million related to our decision to abandon an excess facility. In September 2001, we decided not to occupy a new leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for our products and current market conditions. This excess facility, for which we had a ten year commitment, is located adjacent to our current corporate headquarters and was originally developed to house additional administrative and corporate offices to accommodate planned expansion. This decision resulted in a pre-tax lease loss of $7.2 million, comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $2.6 million on tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable. The 2002 restructuring charge also includes an additional charge for the leased facility we abandoned in 2001 based on our downward revised assumptions regarding sublease occupancy rates and market rates due to an overall deteriorating real estate market and difficulties subleasing our available space. In determining this estimate, we made certain assumptions with regards to our ability to sublease the space and reflected off-setting assumed sublease income in line with our best estimate of the current market conditions.

For further discussion, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Interest Income—Interest income primarily represents interest earned on cash equivalents and short-term available-for-sale investments. Our interest income for 2004 was $682,000, a decrease of $73,000 or 10% as compared with interest income of $755,000 in 2003, which decreased by $463,000 or 38% compared with interest income of $1.2 million in 2002. These decreases primarily resulted from decreased average amounts of funds available for investment. Additionally, our interest income will be impacted by changes in the market interest rates of our investments.

55




Interest Expense—Our interest expense for 2004 was $104,000, a decrease of $13,000 or 11% as compared with interest expense of $117,000 in 2003 and a decrease of $25,000 or 18% as 2003 is compared with interest expense of $142,000 in 2002. Interest expense for all periods relates to fees associated with our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit.

Other Income—Net—The other income realized in 2003 was primarily related to a $1.1 million gain we recorded related to the sale of our Thin-Film product line. The sale includes equipment, inventory, intellectual property, training and services for which we received total proceeds of $1.8 million. For further discussion, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Income Tax Benefit—The tax benefit for 2004 of $7.7 million resulted from a revision of our estimated income tax contingency liability due to our receipt of the final assessment from the Internal Revenue Service related to the audit of the Company’s 1996 through 2000 tax returns. In 2003, we recorded a tax benefit of $647,000 related to an income tax refund of $480,000 from the State of Maryland as the result of amending our 1999 state tax return and an adjustment to our tax contingency liability of $167,000 for additional federal income tax refund determined after finalizing our 2002 carryback claim filed in the first quarter of 2003 and miscellaneous tax payments. Beginning in 2002, it was determined that it was not more likely than not that any additional deferred tax assets were realizable.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments at December 31, 2004 were $43.1 million, a decrease of $17.0 million or 28% compared to the balance of $60.1 million at December 31, 2003.

In December of 2000, we entered into a revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”) with a bank, the terms of which were amended and restated in September 2003. Under the new terms, the Revolving Facility provides for a maximum credit extension of $20.0 million with a $15.0 million sub-limit to support letters of credit and matures on September 22, 2005. Interest rates on outstanding borrowings are periodically adjusted based on certain financial ratios and are initially set, at our option, at LIBOR plus 1.0% or Prime minus 0.5%. The Revolving Facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and contains limitations on, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, pay dividends and make acquisitions without the bank’s permission. The Revolving Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets. We were in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility. The Company has letters of credit of $3.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2004 against which no amounts have been drawn.

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operating Activities—Net cash provided (used) by operations was ($15.4) million, ($5.9) million and $9.3 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Net loss in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was ($9.1) million, ($14.3) million and ($51.4) million, respectively.

Significant items impacting the difference between net loss and cash flows used in operations in 2004 were $7.6 million used in working capital and $7.7 million related to a decrease in our income tax liability. The $7.6 million used in working capital primarily relates to a $2.3 million increase in receivables, a $2.4 million decrease in restructuring liabilities, a $1.0 million increase in other assets and a decrease of $867,000 in income taxes payable. Our receivables increased $2.3 million due to increased shipments during the fourth quarter of 2004. The $2.4 million decrease in restructuring liabilities primarily relates to payments against the remaining lease loss accrual. The increase in other assets of $1.0 million is primarily due to a $576,000 accrual of a settlement related to the termination of the supply agreement with EiC (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K) and a $560,000 increase in accrued interest receivable related to our investments. The decrease of $867,000 in income taxes payable relates to payments resulting from an audit of our 1996 through 2000 returns. The $7.7 million decrease in our tax contingency liability resulted from a revised estimate of our tax contingency liability related to the audit of our 1996 through 2000 tax returns as a result of our receipt of the final assessment from the Internal Revenue Service.

56




Significant items impacting the difference between net loss and cash flows from operations in 2003 were $949,000 used in working capital and $6.0 million provided by the realization of deferred tax assets. The $949,000 used in working capital primarily relates to a $2.2 million decrease in restructuring liabilities, which was offset by a $1.5 million decrease in inventories. The $1.5 million decrease in inventories relates to the decrease in our sales from $40.2 million in 2002 to $26.6 million in 2003. The $6.0 million provided by the realization of deferred tax assets relates to the receipt of an income tax refund generated by the carryback of our 2002 net operating loss. Starting in the second quarter of 2003, we were required to offer more favorable payment terms to significant customers in order to remain competitive in the current business environment. As a result, our average payment terms have increased from 30 days to 60 days, which has had a negative impact to our working capital.

Significant items impacting the difference between net loss and cash flows from operations in 2002 were $11.6 million provided by working capital, a $34.2 million increase in our restructuring accrual and $8.2 million provided by the realization of deferred tax assets. The $11.6 million provided by working capital primarily relates to a $6.3 million decrease in inventories and a $8.7 million decrease in receivables which were partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease in accruals and accounts payable. The decreases in inventories and receivables both relate to the decrease in our sales from $62.2 million in 2001 to $40.2 million in 2002. The decrease in accruals, accounts payable and income taxes payable was primarily due to decreased inventory levels and purchases resulting from lower sales volumes and more restrictive spending efforts, as well as headcount reductions realized as part of our restructuring efforts. The $8.2 million provided by the realization of deferred tax assets relates to the receipt of an income tax refund generated by the carryback of our 2001 net operating loss.

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Investing Activities—Net cash provided (used) by investing activities was $18.2 million, ($27.3) million, and $8.4 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2004, we realized $89.2 million in proceeds from the sale of short term investments which was partially offset by $59.3 million used to purchase short-term investments, $10.7 million of acquisition and costs related to the EiC transaction (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K) and $878,000 to invest in property, plant and equipment. In 2003, we used $92.6 million to purchase short-term investments and $841,000 to invest in property, plant and equipment which was partially offset by $64.6 million provided by our sale of short-term investments and $1.6 million proceeds from the sale of our Thin-Film product line (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K). In 2002, we realized $59.7 million in proceeds from the sale of short-term investments and $1.9 million in proceeds from sales of equipment which was partially offset by $51.1 million used to purchase short-term investments and $2.0 million to invest in property, plant and equipment. During 2005, we expect to invest approximately $1.0 to $2.0 million in capital expenditures. We have funded our capital expenditures from cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and expect to continue to do so throughout 2005.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities—Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $10.7 million, $617,000, and $553,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2004, we received net proceeds of $10.2 million related to our secondary public offering of 2 million newly issued shares of our common stock and $1.5 million from the sale of our common stock to employees through our employee stock purchase and option plans which was partially offset by $920,000 of cash used to repurchase our common stock under our current stock repurchase program (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the Form 10-K). In 2003, we received net cash of $3.5 million from the sale of our common stock to employees through our option plans which was partially offset by $2.8 million of cash used to repurchase our common stock under our stock repurchase program (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the Form 10-K). In 2002, we received net cash of $565,000 from the sale of our common stock to employees through our employee stock purchase and option plans.

57




Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments together with available borrowings under our line of credit will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital spending requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we will utilize our cash, cash flows and borrowings to the extent available and, if desirable or necessary, we may seek to raise additional capital through the sale of debt or equity. There can be no assurances, however, that future borrowings and capital resources will be available on favorable terms or at all. Our cash flows are highly dependent on demand for our products, timing of orders and shipments with key customers and our ability to manage our working capital, especially inventory and accounts receivable, as well as controlling our production and operating costs in line with our revenue.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any special purpose entities or off-balance sheet financing arrangements except for operating leases as discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2004 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

Contractual obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1 – 3 years

 

3 – 5 years

 

5 years

 

Capital lease obligations

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Operating lease obligations(1)

 

24,690

 

 

4,309

 

 

 

12,740

 

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

141

 

 

Purchase obligations(2)

 

1,729

 

 

1,721

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total(4)

 

$

26,433

 

 

$

6,044

 

 

 

$

12,748

 

 

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

$

141

 

 


(1)          We lease our three facilities, including our executive offices in San Jose, California, under lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2011. Total future lease obligations as of December 31, 2004, were $24.7 million, of which $15.3 million was recorded as a liability for certain facilities that were included in our restructuring accrual (current and long-term).

(2)          Purchase obligations are primarily orders for raw material, processed silicon wafers and assembly and test services. While the purchase orders are generally cancelable without penalty, certain vendor agreements provide for percentage-based cancellation fees or minimum restocking charges based on the nature of the product or service. We expect to receive and pay for these materials and services within the next six months.

(3)          The only component of Other Long-Term Liabilities that requires us to make cash payments is a restructuring accrual of $13.0 million relating to the future operating lease payments on certain facilities that were included in our restructuring plans (See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K). We will make these payments through 2011. We included these amounts in the operating lease total in the table above. Excluding payments under the operating lease component included in the restructuring accrual, the other components of Other Long-Term Liabilities do not contractually require us to make cash payments and primarily consist of estimated operating costs on restructured facilities, deferred rent and estimated environmental costs.

(4)   The table above does not include contractual obligations related to our acquisition in June 2004 of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC Corporation or our acquisition in January 2005 of Telenexus, Inc. as the additional consideration is contingent on certain future identifiable events which have not occurred as of December 31, 2004. EiC may be entitled to further consideration of up to $14.0 million in cash and shares of our common stock if certain revenue and gross margin targets are achieved by March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006. We shall pay EiC this

58




additional consideration, if earned, ninety percent (90%) in our common stock and ten percent (10%) in cash. Thus, if earned, $700,000 would be payable in less than one year and $700,000 would be payable in one to three years. The sellers of Telenexus, Inc. may be entitled to further compensation of up to $2.5 million in cash and up to 833,333 shares of our common stock if we achieve certain revenue targets by July 28, 2006. Thus, if earned, $2.5 million would be payable in one to three years. Certain employment agreements which may require us to pay out termination benefits upon future identifiable events are also excluded from the table above as no events have occurred as of December 31, 2004, which make a payment probable.

For purposes of the table above, obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are based on our current manufacturing needs and are typically fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We have additional purchase orders (not included in the table above) that represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. We do not have significant agreements for the purchase of raw materials or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected requirements.

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information. Timing of payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to agreed-upon amounts for some obligations.

Other Matters

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—

In March 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The Issue’s objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until further notice. The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 were effective with this annual report for fiscal 2003. Once the FASB reaches a final decision on the measurement and recognition provisions, we will evaluate the impact of the adoption of the accounting provisions of EITF 03-1. Disclosures for cost method investments are required in annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K for the required disclosures.

In September 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 04-1, “Accounting for Preexisting Relationships Between the Parties to a Business Combination” (“EITF 04-1”). EITF 04-1 requires an acquirer in a business combination to evaluate any preexisting relationship with the acquiree to determine if the business combination in effect contains a settlement of the preexisting relationship. A business combination between parties with a preexisting relationship should be viewed as a multiple element transaction. EITF 04-1 is effective for business combinations after October 13, 2004, but requires goodwill resulting from prior business combinations involving parties with a preexisting relationship to be tested for impairment by applying the guidance in the consensus. We will apply EITF 04-1 to acquisitions subsequent to the effective date and in our future goodwill impairment testing.

In November 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This Statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that “. . . under some circumstances, items

59




such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges. . . .” This Statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005, and is required to be adopted by us effective January 1, 2006. We are currently determining what effect, if any, the provisions of SFAS No. 151 will have on our operating results or financial condition.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (FSP FAS 109-1). In accordance with FSP FAS 109-1, the Company will treat the deduction for qualified domestic manufacturing activities as a reduction of the income tax provision in future years as realized. The deduction for qualified domestic manufacturing activities did not impact our Consolidated Financial Statements in 2004, and this deduction is not expected to have a material impact on our effective tax rate in 2005.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” We account for stock-based compensation awards issued to employees using the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (Opinion 25). Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recorded for stock options granted with exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock at the option grant date. On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Opinion 25 to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, the new standard requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

We have not yet quantified the effects of the adoption of SFAS 123R, but we expect that the new standard may result in significant stock-based compensation expense. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of original SFAS 123 on stock compensation awards (rather than applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Opinion 25) are disclosed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K under the caption “STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION”. Although such pro forma effects of applying original SFAS 123 may be indicative of the effects of adopting SFAS 123R, the provisions of these two statements differ in some important respects. The actual effects of adopting SFAS 123R will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model chosen by us to value stock-based awards; the assumed award forfeiture rate; the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period; and the transition method (as described below) chosen for adopting SFAS 123R.

SFAS 123R will be effective for our fiscal quarter beginning July 4, 2005, and requires the use of the Modified Prospective Application Method. Under this method SFAS 123R is applied to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Additionally, compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not been rendered (such as unvested options) that are outstanding as of the date of adoption shall be recognized as the remaining requisite services are rendered. The compensation cost relating to unvested awards at the date of adoption shall be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under the original SFAS 123. In addition, companies may use the Modified Retrospective Application Method. This method may be applied to all prior years for which the original SFAS 123 was effective or only to prior interim periods in the year of

60




initial adoption. If the Modified Retrospective Application Method is applied, financial statements for prior periods shall be adjusted to give effect to the fair-value-based method of accounting for awards on a consistent basis with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods under the original SFAS 123.

Environmental Matters—Of our former production facilities, two have known environmental liabilities of significance, the Scotts Valley site and the Palo Alto site. Prior to the recapitalization merger, we entered into and funded fixed price remediation contracts, as well as cost overrun and unknown pollution conditions liability coverage, with respect to both these sites. For a more detailed description, see “Business—Environmental Matters.”

Litigation—We currently are involved in litigation and regulatory proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business and expect that we will be involved in other litigation and regulatory proceedings from time to time. While we currently believe that any adverse outcome of such pending matters will not materially affect our business or financial condition, there can be no assurance that this will ultimately be the case.

Item 7A.                QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

The following discussion about our market risk disclosures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments—Cash and cash equivalents consist of municipal bond funds and commercial paper acquired with remaining maturity periods of 90 days or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest which approximates market value. Short-term investments consist primarily of high-grade debt securities (A rating or better) with maturity greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition and are classified as available-for-sale. Short-term investments classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair market value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. These available-for-sale securities are subject to interest rate risk and will rise or fall in value if market interest rates change. They are also subject to short-term market risk. We have the ability to hold our fixed income investments until maturity, and therefore we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our investment portfolio.

The following table provides information about our investment portfolio and constitutes a “forward-looking statement.” For investment securities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Expected Maturity

 

Average Interest

 

Expected Maturity Dates

 

 

 

Amounts

 

Rate

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

$

23,501

 

 

 

1.97

%

 

Short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

18,732

 

 

 

2.05

%

 

Fair value at December 31, 2004

 

 

$

42,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61




 

Item 8.                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

 

Report of Management

63

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

64

Consolidated Balance Sheets

67

Consolidated Statements of Operations

68

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

69

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

70

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

72

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

73

 

62




REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control environment. This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed by or under the supervision of our internal accounting and finance organization.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The results of management’s assessment were reviewed with the Audit Committee.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which is included in this Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

63




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
WJ Communications, Inc.:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management, that WJ Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for

64




the year ended December 31, 2004 of the Company and our report dated March 29, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

 

March 29, 2005

 

 

65




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders’ of
WJ Communications, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WJ Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WJ Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 29, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California

 

March 29, 2005

 

 

66




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

24,392

 

$

10,900

 

Short-term investments

 

18,732

 

49,232

 

Receivables (net of allowances of $496 and $321, respectively)

 

6,841

 

4,559

 

Inventories

 

5,148

 

2,420

 

Other

 

3,183

 

1,983

 

Total current assets

 

58,296

 

69,094

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net

 

9,679

 

10,504

 

Goodwill

 

1,368

 

 

Other assets

 

390

 

222

 

 

 

$

69,733

 

$

79,820

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

2,633

 

$

3,125

 

Accrued liabilities

 

810

 

941

 

Accrued professional services

 

797

 

480

 

Accrued payroll and profit sharing

 

1,498

 

1,635

 

Accrued workers’ compensation

 

538

 

500

 

Income tax contingency liability

 

1,946

 

 

Restructuring accrual (Note 13)

 

3,350

 

3,665

 

Total current liabilities

 

11,572

 

10,346

 

OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (Notes 8 and 13)

 

16,864

 

33,235

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 8 and 11)

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value—10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value—100,000,000 shares authorized, 62,936,760 and 59,047,216 shares issued and outstanding in 2004 and 2003, respectively

 

629

 

590

 

Treasury stock—1,769,772 shares in 2004 and 1,340,719 shares in 2003

 

(18

)

(13

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

194,262

 

180,163

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(153,199

)

(144,118

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

(12

)

(8

)

Deferred stock compensation

 

(365

)

(375

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

41,297

 

36,239

 

 

 

$

69,733

 

$

79,820

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

67




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Sales, net

 

 

$

32,336

 

 

 

$

26,565

 

 

 

$

40,156

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

15,278

 

 

 

15,495

 

 

 

28,892

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

17,058

 

 

 

11,070

 

 

 

11,264

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

17,044

 

 

 

16,806

 

 

 

17,807

 

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

12,454

 

 

 

10,210

 

 

 

10,759

 

 

Acquired in-process research & development

 

 

8,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation(*)

 

 

243

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

483

 

 

Recapitalization merger

 

 

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

509

 

 

Restructuring charges (reversals) (Note 13)

 

 

(3,845

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

34,233

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

34,396

 

 

 

27,759

 

 

 

63,791

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(17,338

)

 

 

(16,689

)

 

 

(52,527

)

 

Interest income

 

 

682

 

 

 

755

 

 

 

1,218

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(117

)

 

 

(142

)

 

Other income—net

 

 

5

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

16

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(16,755

)

 

 

(14,957

)

 

 

(51,435

)

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

7,674

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(9,081

)

 

 

$

(14,310

)

 

 

$

(51,435

)

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

$

(0.15

)

 

 

$

(0.25

)

 

 

$

(0.91

)

 

Basic and diluted average shares

 

 

60,397

 

 

 

56,835

 

 

 

56,291

 

 


 

(*)   Amortization of deferred stock compensation is allocable to the following expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

$

194

 

 

 

$

76

 

 

 

$

75

 

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

49

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

 

$

243

 

 

 

$

117

 

 

 

$

483

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

68




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(9,081

)

 

 

$

(14,310

)

 

 

$

(51,435

)

 

Other comprehensive gains (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities arising during period net of reclassification adjustments and taxes

 

 

(4

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

(14

)

 

Comprehensive loss

 

 

$

(9,085

)

 

 

$

(14,300

)

 

 

$

(51,449

)

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

69




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Treasury Stock

 

Paid-in

 

 

 

Shares

 

Dollars

 

Shares

 

Dollars

 

Capital

 

Balance, December 31, 2001

 

55,980,258

 

 

$

560

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

178,241

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

275,107

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

676

 

Exercise of stock options

 

103,154

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

554

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elimination of deferred compensation related to stock options forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(299

)

Unrealized holding losses on securities—net of taxes of $9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2002

 

56,358,519

 

 

564

 

 

 

 

 

 

179,172

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

153,973

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Exercise of stock options

 

2,534,724

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,722

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,340,719

)

 

(13

)

 

(2,778

)

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elimination of deferred compensation related to stock options forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

Unrealized holding gains on securities—net of taxes of $5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

 

59,047,216

 

 

590

 

 

(1,340,719

)

 

(13

)

 

180,163

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

2,955,437

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,942

 

Exercise of stock options

 

934,107

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,478

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(429,053

)

 

(5

)

 

(915

)

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation charge due to option date extension

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594

 

Unrealized holding gains on securities—net of taxes of $8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2004

 

62,936,760

 

 

$

629

 

 

(1,769,772

)

 

$

(18

)

 

$

194,262

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

70




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Deferred

 

Total

 

 

 

  Accumulated  

 

Comprehensive

 

Stock

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Deficit

 

Loss

 

Compensation

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2001

 

 

$

(78,373

)

 

 

$

(4

)

 

 

$

(702

)

 

 

$

99,722

 

 

Net loss.

 

 

(51,435

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51,435

)

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

679

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(402

)

 

 

153

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

513

 

 

 

513

 

 

Elimination of deferred compensation related to stock options forfeited. .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses on securities—net of taxes of $9

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

Balance, December 31, 2002

 

 

(129,808

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(292

)

 

 

49,618

 

 

Net loss.

 

 

(14,310

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,310

)

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(287

)

 

 

3,459

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,791

)

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

 

Elimination of deferred compensation related to stock options forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains on securities—net of taxes of $5

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

 

 

(144,118

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(375

)

 

 

36,239

 

 

Net loss.

 

 

(9,081

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,081

)

 

Common stock issued.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,972

 

 

Exercise of stock options.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(298

)

 

 

1,189

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(920

)

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

308

 

 

Compensation charge due to option date extension.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594

 

 

Unrealized holding gains on securities—net of taxes of $8

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

Balance, December 31, 2004

 

 

$

(153,199

)

 

 

$

(12

)

 

 

$

(365

)

 

 

$

41,297

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

71




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(9,081

)

 

 

$

(14,310

)

 

 

$

(51,435

)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring charges (reversals)

 

 

(3,845

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

34,233

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,825

 

 

 

4,374

 

 

 

5,747

 

 

Acquired in-process research and development

 

 

8,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of premiums on short-term investments

 

 

485

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

984

 

 

Net (gain) loss on disposal of property, plant & equipment

 

 

(4

)

 

 

91

 

 

 

500

 

 

Net gain on sale of product line

 

 

 

 

 

(1,084

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

6,036

 

 

 

8,162

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

594

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

267

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

 

308

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

513

 

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

41

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

18

 

 

Provision (reduction) in allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

58

 

 

 

(408

)

 

 

(969

)

 

Net changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

(2,340

)

 

 

(173

)

 

 

8,739

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(689

)

 

 

1,463

 

 

 

6,301

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(1,021

)

 

 

(56

)

 

 

289

 

 

Accruals and accounts payable

 

 

(311

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

(2,214

)

 

Income tax contingency liability

 

 

(8,544

)

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

Restructuring liabilities

 

 

(2,363

)

 

 

(2,188

)

 

 

(1,770

)

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

 

(15,387

)

 

 

(5,905

)

 

 

9,340

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(878

)

 

 

(841

)

 

 

(2,045

)

 

Purchase of short-term investments

 

 

(59,327

)

 

 

(92,636

)

 

 

(51,125

)

 

Proceeds from sale and maturities of short-term investments

 

 

89,170

 

 

 

64,569

 

 

 

59,668

 

 

Proceeds on product line sales and assets retirements

 

 

9

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

1,917

 

 

Acquisition and related costs

 

 

(10,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

 

 

18,227

 

 

 

(27,336

)

 

 

8,415

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on long-term borrowings and financing costs

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(12

)

 

Net proceeds from issuances of common stock

 

 

11,676

 

 

 

3,459

 

 

 

565

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(920

)

 

 

(2,791

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

10,652

 

 

 

617

 

 

 

553

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

 

 

13,492

 

 

 

(32,624

)

 

 

18,308

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

10,900

 

 

 

43,524

 

 

 

25,216

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

$

24,392

 

 

 

$

10,900

 

 

 

$

43,524

 

 

Other cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid (refunded), net

 

 

$

867

 

 

 

$

(6,678

)

 

 

$

(8,157

)

 

Interest paid

 

 

63

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

124

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock for EiC acquisition

 

 

2,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment under capital lease

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

72




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY

WJ Communications, Inc. (formerly Watkins-Johnson Company, the “Company”) was founded in 1957 in Palo Alto, California. The Company was originally incorporated in California and reincorporated in Delaware in August 2000. For more than 45 years, the Company developed and manufactured radio frequency (“RF”) microwave devices for government electronics and space communications systems used for intelligence gathering and communication. In 1996, the Company began to develop commercial applications for its military technologies. The Company’s current operations design, develop and market innovative, high-performance products for both current and next generation wireless and broadband cable networks, defense and homeland security systems and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) systems worldwide. The Company’s products are comprised of advanced, highly functional RF semiconductors, components and integrated assemblies which seek to address the RF requirements of these various systems.

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after eliminated of all intercompany balances and transactions.

RECLASSIFICATIONS—Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 2004 presentation. Such reclassifications did not have any impact on net loss or stockholders’ equity.

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS—Cash and cash equivalents consist of money market funds and commercial paper acquired with remaining maturities of 90 days or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest which approximates market value. Short-term investments consist primarily of high-grade debt securities (A rating or better) with maturities greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition and are classified as available-for-sale. Short-term investments classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair market value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Realized gains and losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as other income—net.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS—The carrying value of cash and equivalents, receivables and accounts payable are a reasonable approximation of their fair market value due to the short-term maturities of those instruments. Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair market value with unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized.

73




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

INVENTORIES—Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using average-cost basis, or market. Cost of inventory items is based on purchase and production cost including labor and overhead. Write-downs, when required, are made to reduce excess inventories to their estimated net realizable values. Such estimates are based on assumptions regarding future demand and market conditions. These write-downs amounted to $670,000 in the year ended December 31, 2004, $251,000 and $212,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. If actual conditions become less favorable than the assumptions used, an additional inventory write-down may be required. Inventories, at December 31, 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Finished goods

 

$

1,944

 

$

1,257

 

Work in progress

 

2,338

 

647

 

Raw materials and parts

 

866

 

516

 

 

 

$

5,148

 

$

2,420

 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Provision for depreciation and amortization is primarily based on the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging from four to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the asset’s useful life. Costs incurred to maintain property, plant and equipment that do not increase the useful life of the underlying asset are expensed as incurred.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Life

 

2004

 

2003

 

Buildings and leasehold improvements 

 

Shorter of the lease term or the
estimated useful life

 

$

4,950

 

$

4,554

 

Machinery and equipment

 

5-7 yrs

 

26,239

 

24,638

 

 

 

 

 

31,189

 

29,192

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(21,510

)

(18,688

)

Property, plant and equipment—net

 

 

 

$

9,679

 

$

10,504

 

 

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS—In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No.144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, the Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Factors we consider that could trigger an impairment review include the following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected, future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; significant negative industry or economic trends; or significant technological changes, which would render equipment and manufacturing processes obsolete. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of these

74




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

assets to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. In 2002, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $4.4 million for assets held for use and $3.9 million for assets held for sale as part of the Company’s restructuring initiative as detailed in Note 13.

REVENUE RECOGNITION—The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition.” SAB 104 requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Determination of criteria (3) and (4) are based on management’s judgments regarding the fixed nature of the fee charged for products delivered and the collectibility of those fees. Revenues from our distributor are recognized upon shipment based on the following factors: our sales price is fixed or determinable at the time of shipment, payment terms are fixed at shipment and are consistent with terms granted to other customers, the distributor has full risk of physical loss, the distributor has separate economic substance, the Company has no obligation with respect to the resale of the distributor’s inventory, and believes we can reasonably estimate the potential returns from our distributor based on their history and our visibility in the distributor’s success with its products and into the market place in general. The Company accrues for distributor right of return, authorized price reductions for specific end-customer sales opportunities and price protection based on known events and historical trends.

Distributor Right of Return:   In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 48 “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists”, the Company accrues a reserve based on its reasonable estimate of future returns based on historical trends and contractual limitations. Per contractual agreement, the distributor may return product three times per year under the following conditions: the total value of inventory returned shall not exceed an amount equal to 5% of the total value of the distributor’s stock on hand of the Company’s products as reported in the prior month’s inventory report, the inventory is returned no earlier than 6 months and no later than 24 months from the date of the original invoice date and the product’s packaging has not been opened or any alteration or modification has been performed on the part. At the end of any given period, the Company reserves revenue equal to 5% of the distributor’s current reported inventory and cost of revenue for the associated cost of the estimated returns. As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s distributor stock rotation reserve was $338,000, $196,000 and $247,000, respectively.

Authorized Price Reductions for Specific End-Customer Sales Opportunities (“Ship & Debit Allowance”):   Beginning in September 2003, the Company entered into a program where the distributor would receive a credit if it sold specific product at a reduced price to specific end-customers pre-authorized by the Company. The Company maintains a log of all such pre-authorized price reductions which it accrues as a reduction to revenue in the period that the pre-authorization occurs per issue 4 of EITF 01-9 “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer.” As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s Ship & Debit Allowance was $5,000, $29,000 and $0, respectively.

Distributor Price Protection:   If the Company reduces the prices of its products as negotiated with the distributor, the distributor may receive a credit for the difference between the price paid by the distributor

75




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

and the reduced price on applicable unsold products remaining in the distributor’s inventory on the effective date of the price reduction assuming that inventory is less than 24 months old as determined by the original invoice date. The Company reserves for distributor price protection per issue 4 of EITF 01-9 based on specific identification of Company initiated price reductions and the associated reported distributor inventory. There has been no such price reductions during 2004, 2003 or 2002.

RECEIVABLES ALLOWANCES—Receivables amounts on the balance sheet are shown net of the following allowances:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

79

 

$

21

 

Sales return allowance

 

74

 

75

 

Distributor stock rotation reserve

 

338

 

196

 

Ship & debit allowance

 

5

 

29

 

 

 

$496

 

$

321

 

 

PRODUCT WARRANTY—The Company generally sells products with a limited warranty of product quality and a limited indemnification of customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to the company’s products. Such warranty generally ranges from 12 to 24 months. The Company accrues for known warranty and indemnification issues if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and accrues for estimated incurred but unidentified issues based on historical activity.

INCOME TAXES—In accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the consolidated financial statements include provisions for deferred income taxes using the liability method for transactions that are reported in one period for financial accounting purposes and in another period for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized when management believes realization of future tax benefits of temporary differences is more likely than not. In estimating future tax consequences, generally all expected future events are considered (including available carryback claims), other than enactment of changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are established for those deferred tax assets where management believes it is not more likely than not such assets will be realized.

PER SHARE INFORMATION—Basic loss per share is computed using the daily weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share includes the above and reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options whose exercise price are less than the average share price for the period were exercised or converted into common stock and shares related to contributions under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan for pending purchases, however, such adjustments are excluded when they are anti-dilutive. In determining the dilutive effect of the stock options, the number of shares resulting from the assumed exercise of the options is reduced by the number of shares that could have been purchased by the Company with the proceeds from the exercise of such options.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash in bank deposit accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The

76




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Company invests in a variety of financial instruments such as money market funds, commercial paper and high quality corporate bonds, and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or commercial issuer. At December 31, 2004, Richardson Electronics and Celestica represented 46% and 10% of the total accounts receivable balance, respectively. At December 31, 2003, Richardson Electronics, Lucent Technologies and Celestica represented 61%, 10% and 10% of the total accounts receivable balance, respectively. The accounts receivable percentage attributable to Lucent Technologies includes the accounts receivable from their manufacturing subcontractors. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of receivables.

USE OF ESTIMATES—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Key estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, reserves for sales returns, write-down of excess and obsolete inventories, income tax contingency reserves, valuation of deferred tax assets and restructuring accruals. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation granted to employees and directors under the intrinsic value method as defined in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”

During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company modified two option agreements (extension of the option exercise period) resulting in $594,000 of severance expense which was recorded as selling and administrative expense.

As required under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and SFAS 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure,” the pro forma effects of stock-based compensation on net loss and net loss per common share have been estimated at the date of grant as if the Company had accounted for such awards under the fair value method of SFAS 123 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. In total, the Company has recorded deferred stock compensation of $2,897,000, net of forfeitures, of which $308,000, $149,000 and $513,000 was amortized to expense in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Included in the total deferred stock compensation described above is $65,000, $32,000 and $30,000 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which is included in the cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations.

77




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The weighted average fair value of stock-based awards granted in fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 reported below have been estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Employee Stock Option Plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

2.19

 

$

2.02

 

$

1.43

 

Dividend yield

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Volatility

 

79.0

%

93.0

%

97.0

%

Risk free interest rate at the time of grant

 

3.0

%

2.6

%

3.7

%

Expected term to exercise (in months from the grant date)

 

48.0

 

48.0

 

48.0

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

$

1.32

 

 

(1)

$

0.86

 

Dividend yield

 

0.0

%

 

(1)

0.0

%

Volatility

 

69.0

%

 

(1)

74.5

%

Risk free interest rate at the time of grant

 

1.17

%

 

(1)

2.0

%

Expected term to exercise (in months from the grant date)

 

6.0

 

 

(1)

6.0

 


(1)          No shares were issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan during 2003.

The Black-Scholes model used by the Company to calculate option values, as well as other currently accepted option valuation models, were developed to estimate the fair values of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company’s stock option awards. These models also require highly subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility, and expected time until exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values.

The following table illustrates the effect on net loss had compensation cost for all of the Company’s stock option plans been determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for awards under these plans, and amortized to expense over the vesting period of the awards consistent with the methodology prescribed under SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Reported net loss

 

$

(9,081

)

$

(14,310

)

$

(51,435

)

Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss

 

308

 

149

 

513

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense under fair value based method for all awards

 

(5,474

)

(2,555

)

(2,275

)

Pro forma loss

 

$

(14,247

)

$

(16,716

)

$

(53,197

)

Reported net loss per basic and diluted share

 

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.25

)

$

(0.91

)

Pro forma net loss per basic and diluted share

 

$

(0.24

)

$

(0.29

)

$

(0.95

)

 

78




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS—

In March 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The Issue’s objective is to provide guidance for identifying other-than-temporarily impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until further notice. The disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 were effective with this annual report for fiscal 2003. Once the FASB reaches a final decision on the measurement and recognition provisions, the Company will evaluate the impact of the adoption of the accounting provisions of EITF 03-1. Disclosures for cost method investments are required in annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. See Note 3 for the required disclosures.

In September 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 04-1, “Accounting for Preexisting Relationships Between the Parties to a Business Combination” (“EITF 04-1”). EITF 04-1 requires an acquirer in a business combination to evaluate any preexisting relationship with the acquiree to determine if the business combination in effect contains a settlement of the preexisting relationship. A business combination between parties with a preexisting relationship should be viewed as a multiple element transaction. EITF 04-1 is effective for business combinations after October 13, 2004, but requires goodwill resulting from prior business combinations involving parties with a preexisting relationship to be tested for impairment by applying the guidance in the consensus. The Company will apply EITF 04-1 to acquisitions subsequent to the effective date and in our future goodwill impairment testing.

In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs—an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This Statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that “...under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges ....” This Statement requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005, and is required to be adopted by the Company effective January 1, 2006. The Company is currently determining what effect, if any, the provisions of SFAS No. 151 will have on its operating results or financial condition.

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (FSP FAS 109-1). In accordance with FSP FAS 109-1, the Company will treat the deduction for qualified domestic manufacturing activities as a reduction of the income tax provision in future years as realized. The deduction for qualified domestic manufacturing activities did not impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in 2004, and this deduction is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s effective tax rate in 2005.

79




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R eliminates the alternative of applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Opinion 25 to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, the new standard requires enterprises to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

The Company has not yet quantified the effects of the adoption of SFAS 123R, but it is expected that the new standard may result in significant stock-based compensation expense. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of original SFAS 123 on stock compensation awards (rather than applying the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Opinion 25) are disclosed above. Although such pro forma effects of applying original SFAS 123 may be indicative of the effects of adopting SFAS 123R, the provisions of these two statements differ in some important respects. The actual effects of adopting SFAS 123R will be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to, the valuation model chosen by the Company to value stock-based awards; the assumed award forfeiture rate; the accounting policies adopted concerning the method of recognizing the fair value of awards over the requisite service period; and the transition method (as described below) chosen for adopting SFAS 123R.

SFAS 123R will be effective for the Company’s fiscal quarter beginning July 4, 2005, and requires the use of the Modified Prospective Application Method. Under this method SFAS 123R is applied to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled after the effective date. Additionally, compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not been rendered (such as unvested options) that are outstanding as of the date of adoption shall be recognized as the remaining requisite services are rendered. The compensation cost relating to unvested awards at the date of adoption shall be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under the original SFAS 123. In addition, companies may use the Modified Retrospective Application Method. This method may be applied to all prior years for which the original SFAS 123 was effective or only to prior interim periods in the year of initial adoption. If the Modified Retrospective Application Method is applied, financial statements for prior periods shall be adjusted to give effect to the fair-value-based method of accounting for awards on a consistent basis with the pro forma disclosures required for those periods under the original SFAS 123.

80




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3.   INVESTMENTS

Available-for-Sale Investments

Investments, which are classified as available-for-sale, are summarized below for December 31, 2004 and 2003 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classified on Balance Sheet as:

 

 

 

Purchase/

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 Amortized 

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Aggregate

 

and Cash

 

Short-term

 

 

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

 Fair Value 

 

   Equivalents   

 

  Investments  

 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

$

28,504

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(19

)

 

 

$

28,485

 

 

 

$

10,759

 

 

 

$

17,726

 

 

Money market funds

 

 

12,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,742

 

 

 

12,742

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

1,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,006

 

 

Total

 

 

$

42,253

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(20

)

 

 

$

42,233

 

 

 

$

23,501

 

 

 

$

18,732

 

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

49,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

49,295

 

 

 

4,998

 

 

 

44,297

 

 

Money market funds

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

4,992

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

4,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

4,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,935

 

 

Total

 

 

$

59,235

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(13

)

 

 

$

59,222

 

 

 

$

9,990

 

 

 

$

49,232

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, $29.5 million and $54.2 million of fixed income securities had contractual maturities of six months or less, respectively. There were no fixed income securities that had a contractual maturity beyond six months.

Impairment of Investments

The Company monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. In order to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates, among other factors: the duration and extent to which the fair value has been less than the carrying value; the financial condition of and business outlook for the company, including key operational and cash flow metrics, current market conditions and future trends in the company’s industry; the company’s relative competitive position within the industry; and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

81




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3.   INVESTMENTS (Continued)

In accordance with EITF 03-1, the following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses related to available-for-sale securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 Fair Value 

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

 Fair Value 

 

Losses

 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

$

28,485

 

 

 

$

(19

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

28,485

 

 

 

$

(19

)

 

Other debt securities

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,006

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Total

 

 

$

29,491

 

 

 

$

(20

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

29,491

 

 

 

$

(20

)

 

As of December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

$

49,295

 

 

 

$

(11

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

49,295

 

 

 

$

(11

)

 

Other debt securities

 

 

4,935

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,935

 

 

 

(2

)

 

Total

 

 

$

54,230

 

 

 

$

(13

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

54,230

 

 

 

$

(13

)

 

 

Market values were determined for each individual security in the investment portfolio. The decline in value of these investments is primarily related to changes in interest rates. The Company does not believe that any of the unrealized losses represented an other-than-temporary impairment based on it evaluation of available evidence as of December 31, 2004.

Risk Management

The Company generally places its investments with high-credit-quality counterparties and, by policy, all financial instruments and counterparties must maintain the following minimally acceptable credit ratings: commercial deposits and corporate obligations A2/A, commercial paper A-1/P-1, municipal notes MIG 1/S and P-1, municipal bonds AAA and asset back securities AAA. The Company, by policy, also limits the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution or commercial issuer. No significant concentration of credit risk existed at December 31, 2004.

82




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.   ACQUISITION

On June 18, 2004, the Company completed its acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC. The aggregate purchase price was $13.2 million which included payments of cash of $10.0 million, the issuance of 737,000 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $2.5 million, acquisition costs of $1.2 million (including $700,000 paid to a related party for investment banking services in connection with the acquisition)) and $126,000 registration statement related expenses reduced by $576,000 related to the termination settlement of the associated supply agreement with EiC recognized during our quarter ended December 31, 2004. In connection with the acquisition, $1.5 million in cash and 294,118 shares of common stock have been held in escrow as security against certain financial contingencies. The outstanding balance of the escrow account less any properly noticed unpaid or contested amounts will be distributed within five days after March 31, 2005. On November 23, 2004 the Company filed a registration statement registering for resale by the seller of up to 442,882 shares of the Company’s common stock issued in the acquisition. In addition to the closing consideration, EiC may be entitled to further consideration of up to $14.0 million in cash and shares of the Company’s common stock if certain revenue and gross margin targets are achieved by March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006. The Company shall pay EiC this additional consideration, if earned, ninety percent (90%) in its common stock and ten percent (10%) in cash. The number of shares of its common stock to be delivered shall be determined by dividing the value in dollars of the portion payable in its common stock by the average closing price of its common stock, as quoted on the NASDAQ National Market, during the ten consecutive trading days ending one trading day before the end of the period covered by the payment, provided, however, that in the event that the calculation of the average closing price results in a price for the first payment that would be less than $5.00 or for the second payment that would be less than $6.00, then the Company, at its option, in its sole discretion, may elect to make the payment part or all in cash and the balance, if any, in shares of its common stock. If EiC receives such consideration, the amounts will be recorded as an increase to goodwill. The fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined based on the average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock over a 5-day period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after the amended terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced (June 21, 2004). The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”), and accordingly the Company’s consolidated financial statements from June 18, 2004 include the impact of the acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price for this acquisition, as of the date of the acquisition, is as follows (in thousands):

Property and equipment

 

$

1,124

 

Inventory

 

2,038

 

In-process research and development

 

8,500

 

Developed technology

 

200

 

Goodwill

 

1,368

 

Total purchase price

 

$

13,230

 

 

In the second half of fiscal 2004 the amounts contained in the purchase price allocation were adjusted when final data on preliminary estimates was received. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the Company also recorded an adjustment of $576,000 related to the termination settlement of the associated supply agreement with EiC which was partially offset by $126,000 for additional legal and accounting costs for

83




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.   ACQUISITION (Continued)

registration statement related expenses. These adjustments resulted in a reduction of goodwill which are included in the table above.

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and accordingly, the assets of EiC were recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. With the exception of the goodwill and acquired in-process research and development (“IPRD”), the identified intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, with a weighted average life of approximately five years.

A portion of the purchase price, $8.7 million, was allocated to developed and core technology and in-process research and development (“IPRD”). Developed and core technology and IPRD were identified and valued through extensive interviews, analysis of data provided by EiC Corporation concerning developmental products, their stage of development, the time and resources needed to complete them, their expected income generating ability, target markets and associated risks. The income approach method was the primary technique utilized in valuing the developed and core technology and IPRD. Under the income approach, fair value reflects the present value of the projected cash flows that are expected to be generated by the products incorporating the current technologies.

Developmental projects that reached technological feasibility were classified as developed and core technology, and the $200,000 value assigned to developed technology was capitalized to be amortized using the straight-line method over a weighted-average period of five years. Developmental projects that had not reached technological feasibility, and had no future alternative uses were classified as IPRD. The $8.5 million value allocated to projects that were identified as IPRD was charged to acquired in-process research and development in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004. The value assigned to IPRD comprises the following projects: 12V heterojunction bipolar transistor (“HBT”) power amplifiers ($1.5 million) and 28V HBT high power amplifiers ($7.0 million).

The nature of the efforts required to develop the acquired IPRD into commercially viable products principally relate to the completion of all planning, designing, prototyping, verification and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the products can be produced to meet their design specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements.

In valuing the IPRD, the Company considered, among other factors, the importance of each project to the overall development plan, the projected incremental cash flows from the projects when completed and any associated risks. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using an after-tax discount rate of 25%. This discount rate was determined after consideration of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital and the weighted average return on assets. Associated risks include the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in completing each project and thereby achieving technological feasibility, anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

As part of the acquisition, the Company entered into a sublease with EiC Corporation for 28,160 square feet of space at their facility in Fremont, California. This sublease expired in December 2004 and converted into a month to month lease thereafter.

84




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.   GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In connection with the acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC, the Company recorded $1.8 million of goodwill. This goodwill was based upon the values assigned to the transactions at the time they were announced in June 2004 in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”). The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year:

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2003

 

$

0

 

Purchased goodwill

 

1,817

 

Adjustments

 

(449

)

Balance as of December 31, 2004

 

$

1,368

 

 

Adjustments to goodwill subsequent to the acquisition date resulted primarily from $576,000 related to the termination settlement of the associated supply agreement with EiC recognized during our quarter ended December 31, 2004 partially offset by $126,000 of additional registration statement related expenses. $1.4 million is deductible for income tax purposes.

In addition to the closing consideration, EiC may be entitled to further consideration of up to $14.0 million in cash and shares of the Company’s common stock if certain revenue and gross margin targets are achieved by March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006. If EiC receives such consideration, the amounts will be recorded as an increase to goodwill.

Intangible assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets as of December 31, 2004 consist of purchased technology of $200,000 less accumulated amortization of $20,000. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method over a weighted-average period of five years for purchased technology. The Company expects that annual amortization of acquired intangible assets to be as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year:

 

 

 

2005

 

$

40

 

2006

 

40

 

2007

 

40

 

2008

 

40

 

2009

 

20

 

Total amortization

 

$

180

 

 

85




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data represents the combined results of operations as if EiC’s wireless infrastructure business had been combined with the Company at the beginning of the respective period. This pro forma financial data includes the straight line amortization of intangibles over their respective estimated useful lives and excludes the write-off of IPRD of $8.5 million (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net sales

 

$

34,117

 

$

28,936

 

Loss from operations

 

$

(12,096

)

$

(23,682

)

Net loss

 

$

(3,892

)

$

(21,304

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.37

)

Basic and diluted average shares

 

60,397

 

56,835

 

 

The unaudited pro forma results of operations is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to represent what the Company’s results of operations would have been if the acquisition had occurred on those dates or to project the Company’s results of operations for any future period. Since the Company and EiC were not under common control or management for any period presented prior to the acquisition, the unaudited pro forma results of operations may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance. These results do not reflect any additional costs or cost savings resulting from the acquisition.

7.   BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

In December of 2000, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”) with a bank the terms of which were amended and restated in September 2003. Under the new terms, the Revolving Facility provides for a maximum credit extension of $20.0 million with a $15.0 million sub-limit to support letters of credit and matures on September 22, 2005. Interest rates on outstanding borrowings are periodically adjusted based on certain financial ratios and are initially set, at the Company’s option, at LIBOR plus 1.0% or Prime minus 0.5%. The Revolving Facility requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and contains limitations on, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, pay dividends and make acquisitions without the bank’s permission. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2004. The Revolving Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility. The Company has letters of credit of $3.4 million outstanding as of December 31, 2004 against which no amounts have been drawn.

86




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8.   OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

Long-term obligations, excluding amounts due within one year, consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Environmental remediation (Note 11)

 

$

69

 

$

83

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

15

 

Restructuring accrual (Note 13)

 

16,069

 

21,961

 

Deferred rent and deposits

 

726

 

686

 

Income tax contingency liability

 

 

10,490

 

Total

 

$

16,864

 

$

33,235

 

 

9.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On January 28, 2004, the Company completed a secondary offering of 2,000,000 shares of common stock at $5.75 per share, resulting in net proceeds of $10.1 million.

In March 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 million of the Company’s common stock. In October 2003, the Board approved an additional $2.0 million to expand its existing share repurchase program increasing the total amount authorized to $4.0 million. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made in the open market, through block trades or otherwise. Depending on market conditions and other factors, these purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice. During the year ended December 31, 2003, $2.8 million was utilized to purchase 1,340,719 shares of the Company’s common stock at a weighted average purchase price of $2.08 per share. All of the purchases were made on the Nasdaq National Market at prevailing open market prices using general corporate funds. The repurchases reduced the Company’s cash and interest income during the period and correspondingly reduced the number of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. This stock repurchase program ended as of the annual shareholder meeting on July 22, 2004. On July 27, 2004 the Company announced that its Board of Directors has authorized a new repurchase program of up to $2.0 million of the Company’s common stock. This new program was effective July 27, 2004 and replaces all previous repurchase programs. Under the new program, for the six months ended December 31, 2004, $920,000 was utilized to purchase 429,053 shares of the Company’s common stock at a weighted average purchase price of $2.12 per share.

During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company modified two option agreements (to extend the option exercise period) resulting in $594,000 of severance expense which was recorded as selling and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 and an increase to additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004.

STOCK OPTION PLANS—During 2000, the Company’s “2000 Stock Incentive Plan” and “2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan” (collectively the “Plans”) were adopted and approved by the Board and the Company’s stockholders. Under the Plans, the Company may grant incentive awards in the form of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, restricted shares, common stock and stock appreciation rights to participants, which include non-employee directors, officers and employees of and consultants to the Company and its affiliates. On May 22, 2002, the Board approved the

87




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

adoption of an amendment to the Company’s “2000 Stock Incentive Plan” to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance from 16,500,000 to 19,000,000 shares. This plan amendment did not affect any other terms of the “2000 Stock Incentive Plan.” On May 29, 2003, the Board approved the adoption of an amendment to the Company’s “2000 Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan” to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance from 570,000 to 800,000, which was approved by the Company’s stockholders on July 15, 2003 at the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Also on May 29, 2003, the Board approved the adoption of a second amendment to the Company’s “2000 Stock Incentive Plan” so that options granted to employees under the “2000 Stock Incentive Plan” will qualify as performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and thereby not be subject to a deduction limitation. Particularly, the amendment to the “2000 Stock Incentive Plan” provides that no employee or prospective employee shall be granted one or more options within any fiscal year which in the aggregate are for the purchase of more than 3,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance pursuant to the Plans is 19,800,000 shares.

On May 23, 2001, the Company’s 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted and approved by the Board and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may grant incentive awards in the form of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, restricted shares, common stock and stock appreciation rights to participants, which include employees which are not officers and directors of the Company and its affiliates and consultants to the Company and its affiliates. The total number of shares of common stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan is 2,000,000 shares. Shares subject to award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares. Stock options may include incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options or both, in each case, with or without stock appreciation rights.

The Company’s stock option plans (“Plans”) provide that options granted under the Plans will have a term of no more than 10 years. Options granted under the Plans have vesting periods ranging from two to four years. The provisions of the Plans provide that under certain circumstances, such as a change in control, the achievement of certain performance objectives, or certain liquidity events, the outstanding option may be subject to accelerated vesting. As of December 31, 2004 the number of shares available for future grants under the above plans was 3,852,572. Stock options may include incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options or both, in each case, with or without stock appreciation rights.

88




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Activity under the stock option plans during 2004, 2003 and 2002 are set forth below:

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted (weighted average fair value of $1.43 per option)

 

3,480,000

 

 

$

2.01

 

 

Exercised

 

(103,154

)

 

$

1.18

 

 

Cancelled

 

(3,048,970

)

 

$

1.93

 

 

At December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

15,264,659

 

 

$

1.65

 

 

Exercisable

 

5,503,099

 

 

$

1.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted (weighted average fair value of $2.02 per option)

 

1,470,000

 

 

$

2.93

 

 

Exercised

 

(2,534,724

)

 

$

1.37

 

 

Cancelled

 

(1,771,901

)

 

$

1.50

 

 

At December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

12,428,034

 

 

$

1.88

 

 

Exercisable

 

5,076,882

 

 

$

1.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted (weighted average fair value of $2.19 per option)

 

3,046,500

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

Exercised

 

(934,107

)

 

$

1.27

 

 

Cancelled

 

(813,031

)

 

$

0.98

 

 

At December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

13,727,396

 

 

$

2.26

 

 

Exercisable

 

6,389,431

 

 

$

2.03

 

 

 

89




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2004:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average Years

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number

 

of Remaining

 

Average

 

Number

 

Exercise

 

Range of Exercise Price

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Contractual Life

 

Exercise Price

 

Exercisable

 

Price

 

$0.01 to $0.01

 

157,595

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

31,265

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$0.80 to $0.99

 

1,259,250

 

 

7.6

 

 

 

$

0.80

 

 

610,250

 

 

$

0.80

 

 

$1.37 to $1.91

 

6,383,601

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

$

1.37

 

 

3,660,241

 

 

$

1.37

 

 

$2.22 to $2.96

 

2,632,200

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

$

2.75

 

 

1,142,800

 

 

$

2.81

 

 

$3.34 to $4.86

 

2,587,500

 

 

9.4

 

 

 

$

3.57

 

 

725,250

 

 

$

3.57

 

 

$5.48 to $6.67

 

617,000

 

 

8.8

 

 

 

$

5.95

 

 

153,250

 

 

$

5.96

 

 

$9.75 to $12.94

 

76,700

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

$

9.96

 

 

59,600

 

 

$

9.86

 

 

$15.00 to $15.00

 

750

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

$

15.00

 

 

375

 

 

$

15.00

 

 

$26.75 to $26.75

 

12,800

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

$

26.75

 

 

6,400

 

 

$

26.75

 

 

$0.01 to $26.75

 

13,727,396

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

$

2.26

 

 

6,389,431

 

 

$

2.03

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (“ESPP”)—In May 2001, the Company’s stockholders approved the adoption of the Company’s 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). Up to 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Purchase Plan. Under the plan, all eligible employees may purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at six-month intervals at 85% of fair market value (calculated in the manner provided under the plan). Employees purchase such stock using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. In fiscal 2004, 54,912 shares and 103,689 shares were issued under this plan at an average price of $3.25 and $1.97 for the plans ended April 2004 and October 2004, respectively. In fiscal 2002, 264,139 shares were issued under this plan at an average price of $0.86. The plan was suspended in the fourth quarter of 2002 due to the Fox Paine Acquisition Proposal (see Note 17) and was not reinstated until the fourth quarter of 2003, therefore there were no shares issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in 2003. At December 31, 2004, 956,444 shares were available for future issuance under the plan.

90




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10.   INCOME TAXES

The benefit from federal and state income taxes is as follows. Foreign income (loss) before income taxes was insignificant for all years.

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(7,674

)

$

(167

)

$

 

State

 

 

(480

)

 

Total current

 

(7,674

)

(647

)

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

State

 

 

 

 

Total deferred

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(7,674

)

$

(647

)

$

 

 

The tax benefit for 2004 of $7.7 million resulted from a revision of the Company’s estimated income tax contingency liability due to the receipt of the final assessment from the Internal Revenue Service related to the audit of the Company’s 1996 through 2000 tax returns. In 2003, The Company recorded a tax benefit of $647,000 related to an income tax refund of $480,000 from the State of Maryland as the result of amending the Company’s 1999 state tax return and an adjustment to the tax contingency liability of $167,000 for additional federal income tax refund determined after finalizing the 2002 carryback claim filed in the first quarter of 2003 and miscellaneous tax payments.

The differences between the effective income tax rate as applied to loss from operations and the statutory federal income tax rate are as follows:

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Statutory federal tax rate

 

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

Foreign sales benefit

 

 

(2.3

)

(1.1

)

Research and development credit

 

(3.1

)

(3.2

)

(2.5

)

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

(5.7

)

(5.7

)

(5.7

)

Non-qualified options exercised

 

(6.0

)

(8.5

)

 

Other

 

0.3

 

(2.0

)

0.9

 

Tax reserve no longer required

 

(45.8

)

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

49.5

 

52.2

 

43.4

 

Effective tax rate

 

(45.8

)%

(4.5

)%

(0.0

)%

 

91




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10.   INCOME TAXES (Continued)

Deferred tax assets are recognized when management believes realization of future tax benefits of temporary differences is more likely than not. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered (including available carryback claims), other than enactment of changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are established for those deferred tax assets where management believes it is not more likely than not such assets will be realized. Deferred tax amounts are comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net operating loss

 

$

14,498

 

$

18,925

 

Restructuring accrual

 

7,913

 

11,628

 

Fixed assets—depreciation

 

1,695

 

(4,847

)

Accounts receivable valuation

 

32

 

8

 

Inventory valuation

 

996

 

1,051

 

Capitalized research and development

 

8,528

 

2,700

 

Tax credits

 

8,631

 

4,868

 

Employee benefit related accruals

 

492

 

515

 

Non-deductible amortization

 

1,034

 

1,186

 

Other

 

290

 

374

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

44,109

 

36,408

 

Valuation allowance

 

(44,109

)

(36,408

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

 

$

 

Income tax contingency liability

 

$

1,946

 

$

10,490

 

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $1,709,000 in federal minimum tax credit carryforwards which are available indefinitely. The Company also had R&D tax credit carryforwards of $4,512,000 which begin to expire in 2012. Additionally, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $1,977,000 which start to expire in 2009.

At December 31, 2004 the Company had $34,150,000 of federal net operating loss carryforwards which will expire beginning in 2023. The Company also had state net operating loss carryforwards of $44,268,000 which begin to expire in 2013.

Current federal and state tax laws include substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited as a result of such an ownership change. Such a limitation could result in the expiration of carry forwards before they are utilized.

92




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

The Company leases its corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities under various non-cancelable operating leases expiring through January, 2011. See Note 13 for a discussion of restructuring charges recorded related to these leases.

Minimum lease commitments as of December 31, 2004 under noncancellable leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 Operating 
Leases

 

Lease payments:

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

$

4,309

 

 

2006

 

 

4,415

 

 

2007

 

 

4,085

 

 

2008

 

 

4,240

 

 

2009

 

 

4,401

 

 

Remaining years

 

 

3,240

 

 

Total

 

 

$

24,690

 

 

 

Rent expense in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $3.2 million, $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

The Company subleases to third parties approximately 31,800 square feet of its abandoned leased space under noncancellable operating leases expiring through January, 2008. This sublease income is incorporated in the restructuring charges related to our lease loss accruals.

Minimum sublease income commitments as of December 31, 2004 under noncancellable leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Operating
Leases

 

Sublease rental income:

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

$

290

 

 

2006

 

 

216

 

 

2007

 

 

218

 

 

2008

 

 

15

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

Remaining years

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

739

 

 

 

Sublease rental income earned in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $759,000, $965,000 and $691,000, respectively.

Environmental Remediation

Our current operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, disposal of and exposure to hazardous materials, the release of pollutants into the environment

93




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

and the remediation of contamination. The Company has an accrued liability of $175,000 as of December 31, 2004 to offset estimated program oversight, remediation actions and record retention costs. Expenditures charged against the provision totaled $14,000, $11,000 and $4,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Company continues to be in compliance with the remedial action plans being monitored by various regulatory agencies at its former Palo Alto and Scotts Valley sites. The Company has entered into funded fixed price remediation contracts and obtained cost-overrun and unknown pollution conditions insurance coverage. The Company believes that it is remote that it would incur any liability beyond which it has recorded. The Company does ultimately retain responsibility for these environmental liabilities and in the unlikely event that the environmental firm and the insurance company do not meet their obligations.

With respect to our remaining current or former production facilities, to date either no contamination of significance has been identified or reported to us or the regulatory agency involved has granted closure with respect to the identified contamination. Nevertheless, we may face environmental liabilities related to these sites in the future.

Indemnification

As part of the Company’s normal ongoing business operations and consistent with industry practice, the Company enters into numerous agreements with other parties, which apportion future risks among the parties to the transaction or relationship governed by the agreements. One method of apportioning risk is the inclusion of provisions requiring one party to indemnify the other against losses that might otherwise be incurred by the other party in the future. Many of the Company’s agreements contain an indemnity or indemnities that require us to perform certain acts, such as remediation, as a result of the occurrence of a triggering event or condition. The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the Company, under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold, certain IP rights, specified environmental matters, and certain income taxes. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.

The nature of these numerous indemnity obligations are diverse and each has different terms, business purposes, and triggering events or conditions. Consistent with customary business practice, any particular indemnity obligation incurred is the result of a negotiated transaction or contractual relationship for which we have accepted a certain level of risk in return for a financial or other type of benefit. In addition, the indemnities in each agreement vary widely in their definitions of both triggering events and the resulting obligations contingent on those triggering events. It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements have not had a material effect on

94




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations and the Company is unable to estimate the maximum potential impact of these indemnification provisions on its future results of operations.

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby we indemnify our officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. The indemnification period covers all pertinent events and occurrences during the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, the Company has director and officer insurance coverage that reduces its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements in excess of applicable insurance coverage is minimal.

Other Contingencies

In addition to the above matters, the Company is involved in various legal actions which arose in the ordinary course of its business activities. Management does not currently believe that the final resolution of these matters will ultimately have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

12.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has an Employees’ Investment 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all employees and provides that the Company match employees’ salary deferrals up to 3% of eligible employee compensation. The amounts charged to operations were $391,000, $359,000 and $407,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

13.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

Fourth Quarter 2002 Restructuring Plan

Over the course of 2002, the Company began to design and manufacture semiconductors utilizing other manufacturing technologies. The Company believed that this approach was required in order to continue to offer competitive products and expects that a greater number of its future products would be developed in this fashion. The Company at that time believed that this business strategy offered considerable other advantages such as allowing it to focus its resources on product development and marketing, minimizing capital expenditures, reducing operating expenses, allowing it to continue to offer competitive pricing, reducing time to market, reducing technology and product risks and facilitating the migration of the Company’s products to new process technologies, which reduce costs and optimize performance. On December 17, 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to completely outsource the Company’s internal wafer fabrication within one year and close its own wafer fabrication facility (the “fab closure”).

Lease Loss—The fab closure would have resulted in additional excess space of approximately 35,000 square feet for which the Company would have had a remaining two year commitment after the anticipated fab closure. The original decision resulted in a lease loss of $4.3 million, comprised of future lease payments net of broker commissions and other facility costs. In determining this estimate, the

95




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Continued)

Company made certain assumptions with regards to its ability to sublease the space in line with the Company’s best estimate of current market conditions.

During the fourth quarter of 2003 the Company decided that additional time would be needed to effect the complete outsourcing of its internal wafer fabrication due to an unplanned increase in near-term product demand and additional qualification procedures associated with outsourced wafer fabrication. The Company planned to continue to operate its fab through April 2004. As such, the additional four months of rent and facility costs would be incurred as an operating expense resulting in an approximate $364,000 reduction in the lease loss accrual.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company delayed the closure of its internal wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) for a minimum of three additional months to assess the integration of the EiC acquisition (see Note 4) into its existing operations which resulted in an approximate $430,000 reduction in its lease loss accrual. During the third quarter of 2004, the Company decided to not close its fab as the Company believes that integrating the newly acquired fab from EiC with its pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. As such, the Company reversed the remainder of this lease loss accrual of $3.6 million.

Workforce reduction—As a result of the originally planned fab closure, approximately 10% of the Company’s workforce (20 employees) would have been eliminated, which would have resulted in severance payments of $279,000 during 2004. The Company ultimately paid out $194,000 of the accrued severance to terminated employees. The remaining accrual of $85,000 was reversed upon the Company’s decision not to close the fab.

Impairment of Long Lived AssetsAssets to be held and used—The decision to utilize the Company’s internal wafer fabrication equipment and related leasehold improvements for only one more year triggered an impairment under SFAS No. 144. Management measured the recoverability of these assets through a comparison of the carrying amount of these assets to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets over their remaining year of life. As such, the carrying value of these assets were written down to the estimated future cash flows that are directly associated with and that were expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of these assets. Management estimated the future cash flows using a traditional present value approach based on management’s assumptions regarding the intended use of these assets consistent with the Company’s budget and projections as well as the planned eventual disposition of the asset group through sale. Management estimated the disposition value of these assets after consideration of several factors including the condition and management’s intended use of the equipment, offers made for similar equipment the Company intended to sell and the results of an independent third party appraisal. Management employed a risk-free interest rate commensurate with the Company’s size, capital structure and stock volatility in relation to the overall market. This action resulted in a $4.2 million asset impairment charge in 2002.

Third Quarter 2002 Restructuring Plan

As a result of the prolonged downturn in the telecommunications industry and the uncertainty as to when the telecommunications equipment market will recover, in July 2002 the Company announced a workforce reduction and its second restructuring program in the previous two years.

96




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Continued)

Workforce reduction—Approximately 22% of the Company’s workforce (50 employees) was eliminated, which resulted in severance payments of $507,000 during the third quarter of 2002.

During the first quarter of 2003, it was determined that one of the employees slated to be terminated would instead be retained for another position. As such, $21,000 of the third quarter 2002 restructuring charge was reversed in 2003.

Lease Loss—In the third quarter of 2002, the Company decided to abandon a portion of its leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for its products and current market conditions. This excess space, for which the Company has a remaining eight year commitment, is located on the first floor of the Company’s current corporate headquarters and originally housed a portion of the Company’s optics and integrated assemblies manufacturing operations. This decision has resulted in a lease loss of $10.6 million, comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and an asset impairment charge of $3.2 million for tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable. In determining this estimate, the Company made certain assumptions with regards to its ability to sublease the space and reflected offsetting assumed sublease income in line with the Company’s best estimate of current market conditions.

During the fourth quarter of 2002, based on a continuing deterioration in the real estate market and difficulties subleasing its available space, the Company revised its assumptions regarding sublease occupancy rates and market rates downward resulting in an additional lease loss of $674,000.

During the fourth quarter of 2003, after reviewing current information regarding continuing deterioration in the real estate market, difficulties subleasing its available space and facility costs, the Company revised its lease loss assumptions. $23,000 of the lease loss was reversed as reduced facility costs (mainly property taxes and utilities) were largely offset by reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates.

During the third quarter of 2004, after reviewing current information regarding reduced facility operating costs (predominantly building maintenance costs), the Company revised its lease loss assumptions resulting in a reversal of $377,000 of the lease loss.

As of December 31, 2004, the maximum potential amount of the lease loss for this property is $8.5 million which is partially offset by $162,000 of estimated sublease income.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets:

Assets held for sale—Due to the prolonged downturn in the telecommunications industry, especially related to the Company’s fiber optics products, management made a decision during the third quarter of 2002 to exit the fiber optics business after current contractual obligations have been satisfied. This decision resulted in a significant overcapacity of certain manufacturing equipment and the Company initiated a plan to sell this equipment. The Company’s excess capacity resulted in a total charge of $3.9 million related to these assets. Assets to be held for sale were measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Management determined fair market value after consideration of several factors including the condition of the equipment, offers made by potential buyers of the equipment and the results of an independent third party appraisal. The majority of these impaired assets were sold in the fourth quarter of 2002.

97




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Continued)

During the fourth quarter of 2003, management determined that the remaining assets held for sale could not be sold. As such, the assets were scrapped resulting in an additional charge of $151,000.

Assets to be held and used—During the third quarter of 2002, management identified manufacturing equipment exclusively supporting certain in-warranty optics and fixed wireless products as well as manufacturing equipment supporting final orders for certain other optics and fixed wireless products and determined that the estimated future undiscounted cash flows did not support the carrying value of these assets. As such, the carrying value of these assets was written down to the estimated future cash flows that are directly associated with and that are expected to arise as a direct result of the use and eventual disposition of these assets, which management determined after consideration of several factors including the condition and management’s intended use of the equipment, offers made for similar equipment the Company intended to sell and the results of an independent third party appraisal. This action resulted in a $200,000 asset impairment charge.

Third Quarter 2001 Restructuring Plan

Lease Loss and Leasehold Impairment—In September 2001, the Company decided to abandon a leased facility based on revised anticipated demand for its products and current market conditions. This excess facility, for which the Company had a ten year commitment, is located adjacent to the Company’s current corporate headquarters and was originally developed to house additional administrative and corporate offices to accommodate planned expansion. This decision resulted in a lease loss of $7.2 million, comprised of future lease payments net of anticipated sublease income, broker commissions and other facility costs, and an asset impairment charge of $2.6 million on tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable. In determining this estimate, the Company made certain assumptions with regards to its ability to sublease the space and reflected offsetting assumed sublease income in line with the Company’s best estimate of current market conditions.

During the third and fourth quarters of 2002, based on an overall deteriorating real estate market and difficulties subleasing its available space, the Company revised its assumptions regarding sublease occupancy rates and market rates downward resulting in additional lease loss accruals of $4.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of 2003, after reviewing current information regarding continuing deterioration in the real estate market, difficulties subleasing its available space and facility costs, the Company revised its lease loss assumptions. $203,000 of additional lease loss was accrued as reductions in estimated sublease occupancy and market rates were partially offset by reduced facility costs (mainly property taxes and utilities).

During the third quarter of 2004, after reviewing current information regarding continuing deterioration in the real estate market, difficulties subleasing its available space and increasing facility operating costs, the Company revised its lease loss assumptions resulting in $538,000 of additional lease loss.

As of December 31, 2004, the maximum potential amount of the lease loss for this property is $12.2 million which is partially offset by $739,000 of minimum sublease income commitments under noncancellable sublease rental agreements and $357,000 of estimated sublease income.

98




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Continued)

The following table summarizes restructuring accrual activity recorded during the years 2001 though 2004 (in thousands):

 

 

Q3 2001
Restructuring

 

Q3 2002 Restructuring Plan

 

Q4 2002 Restructuring Plan

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

Workforce

 

 

 

Asset

 

Workforce

 

 

 

Asset

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Loss

 

Reduction

 

Lease Loss

 

Impairment

 

Reduction

 

Lease Loss

 

Impairment

 

Total

 

Q3 2001 charge to expense

 

 

$

9,797

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,797

 

Non-cash charges(1)

 

 

(2,503

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,503

)

Cash payments

 

 

(463

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(463

)

Balance at December 31, 2001 

 

 

6,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,831

 

Q3 2002 charge to expense

 

 

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

13,841

 

 

 

4,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,435

 

Q4 2002 charge to expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

4,285

 

 

 

4,277

 

 

8,841

 

2002 additional charge 

 

 

6,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,957

 

Non-cash charges(2)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,930

)

 

 

(4,087

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,277

)

 

(11,316

)

Cash payments

 

 

(1,002

)

 

 

(437

)

 

 

(290

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,729

)

Balance at December 31, 2002 

 

 

12,090

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

11,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

4,285

 

 

 

 

 

28,019

 

2003 additional charge (credit)

 

 

203

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

 

 

(364

)

 

 

 

 

(54

)

Non-cash charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(151

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(166

)

Cash payments

 

 

(782

)

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(1,316

)

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,173

)

Balance at December 31, 2003 

 

 

11,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

3,921

 

 

 

 

 

25,626

 

2004 additional charge (credit)

 

 

538

 

 

 

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(3,921

)

 

 

 

 

(3,845

)

Non-cash charges

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Cash payments

 

 

(1,003

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,233

)

 

 

 

 

 

(168

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,404

)

Balance at December 31, 2004 

 

 

$

11,058

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

8,361

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

19,419

 


(1)    Non-cash charges related to the Q3 2001 Restructuring Plan lease loss represents $2.5 million of tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable.

(2)    Non-cash charges related to the Q3 2002 Restructuring Plan lease loss represents $3.2 million of tenant improvements deemed no longer realizable net of a $310,000 write-off of accrued deferred rent.

Of the accrued restructuring charge at December 31, 2004, the Company expects $3.3 million of the lease loss to be paid out over the next twelve months. As such, this amount is recorded as a current liability and the remaining $16.1 million to be paid out over the remaining life of the lease of approximately six years is recorded as a long-term liability.

99




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14.   GUARANTEES

The Company generally sells products with a limited warranty of product quality and a limited indemnification of customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to the company’s products. Such warranty generally ranges from 12 to 24 months. The Company accrues for known warranty and indemnification issues if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and accrues for estimated incurred but unidentified issues based on historical activity. The Company estimates the cost of warranty based on the warranty period for the product, the historical field return rates for a given product or family of products and the average cost required to repair or replace the product. Allowances for estimated warranty costs are recorded during the period of sale. The determination of such allowances requires us to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the products under warranty. If actual return rates and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from our estimates, adjustments to recognize additional cost of sales may be required in future periods. Components of the reserve for warranty costs during 2004 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Beginning balance

 

$

36

 

$

54

 

Additions related to current period sales

 

74

 

36

 

Warranty costs incurred in the current period

 

(58

)

(48

)

Adjustments to accruals related to prior period sales

 

2

 

(6

)

Ending balance

 

$

54

 

$

36

 

 

15.   BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING

In 1997, the Company adopted SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” As an integrated products provider, the Company currently has one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the CEO. While the Company’s CODM monitors the sales of various products, operations are managed and financial performance evaluated based upon the sales and production of multiple products employing common manufacturing and research and development resources; sales and administrative support; and facilities. This allows the Company to leverage its costs in an effort to maximize return. Management believes that any allocation of such shared expenses to various products would be impractical, and currently does not make such allocations internally.

The CODM does, however, monitor sales by products at a more detailed level than those depicted in the Company’s historical general purpose financial statements as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Semiconductor and RFID

 

 

$

29,808

 

 

 

$

20,246

 

 

 

$

19,214

 

 

Wireless Integrated Assemblies

 

 

2,258

 

 

 

6,307

 

 

 

14,697

 

 

Fiber optic

 

 

270

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

6,245

 

 

Total

 

 

$

32,336

 

 

 

$

26,565

 

 

 

$

40,156

 

 

 

On May 14, 2003, the Company completed the sale of its Thin-Film product line to M/A-COM, a unit of Tyco Electronics previously announced in December, 2002. The sale included equipment, inventory, intellectual property, training and services. The Company received total proceeds of $1.8 million and

100




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.   BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

recorded a net gain of $1.1 million as other income in the accompanying financial statements for 2003. The Company had initially received an advance payment on this agreement of $272,000 in 2002 which was included as accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. That advance payment is now recognized as part of the $1.8 million of proceeds during 2003. The Thin-Film product line contributed $855,000 and $3.2 million to our semiconductor sales in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

The Company believes it is more meaningful in terms of concentration of risk to combine the sales to manufacturing subcontractors with the end customer who ultimately controls product demand. Sales to individual customers representing greater than 10% of Company consolidated sales during at least one of the past three years are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Lucent Technologies, Inc.(1)

 

 

$

2,233

 

 

 

$

6,047

 

 

 

$

10,055

 

 

Nortel Networks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,098

 

 

Celestica

 

 

3,768

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

230

 

 

Richardson Electronics Ltd.(2)

 

 

16,681

 

 

 

12,440

 

 

 

9,800

 

 


(1)          Includes sales to Lucent Technologies, Inc. and sales to its manufacturing subcontractors.

(2)          Richardson Electronics Ltd. is the sole worldwide distributor of the Company’s complete line of RF semiconductor products.

Sales to unaffiliated customers by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

United States

 

 

$

20,904

 

 

 

$

17,987

 

 

 

$

26,574

 

 

Export Sales from United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

 

2,435

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

5,888

 

 

Canada

 

 

969

 

 

 

1,280

 

 

 

3,924

 

 

China

 

 

3,800

 

 

 

1,848

 

 

 

1,231

 

 

Other

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

2,539

 

 

Total

 

 

$

32,336

 

 

 

$

26,565

 

 

 

$

40,156

 

 

 

Long-lived assets located outside of the United States are insignificant.

101




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16.   LOSS PER SHARE CALCULATION

Per share amounts are computed based on the weighted average number of basic and diluted (dilutive stock options) common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the respective periods. The net loss per share calculation is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Net loss (numerator)

 

$

(9,081

)

$

(14,310

)

$

(51,435

)

Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

60,397

 

56,835

 

56,291

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share from operations

 

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.25

)

$

(0.91

)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the incremental shares from the assumed exercise of 13,727,396, 12,428,034 and 15,264,659 stock options, respectively, and 158,601 and 264,139 shares for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2002, respectively, related to contributions under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan for pending purchases were not included in computing the dilutive per share amounts because operations resulted in a loss and the effect of such assumed conversion would be anti-dilutive. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan was suspended due to the pending resolution of the Fox Paine Acquisition Proposal (see Note 17) and was not reinstated until the fourth quarter of 2003 and therefore there were no shares related to contributions under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

17.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On January 31, 2000, the Company entered into a management agreement with Fox Paine & Company, LLC (“Fox Paine”). Fox Paine was the majority stockholder in the Company at that time. Under that agreement, the Company would pay Fox Paine a management fee in the amount of 1% of the prior year’s income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and equity in earnings (losses) of minority investments, calculated without regard to the fee. Due to the Company’s loss incurred in 2003, 2002 and 2001, no management fee was paid to Fox Paine for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In exchange for its management fee, Fox Paine assists the Company with its strategic planning, budgets and financial projections and helps the Company identify possible strategic acquisitions and to recruit qualified management personnel. Fox Paine also helps develop and enhance customer and supplier relationships on behalf of the Company and consults with management on various matters including tax planning and public relations strategies, economic and industry trends and executive compensation. In connection with this agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify Fox Paine against various liabilities that may arise as a result of the management services it will perform. The Company has also agreed to reimburse Fox Paine for its expenses incurred in providing these services. The Company paid Fox Paine $108,000, $6,000 and $82,000 for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Fox Paine in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company also paid Fox Paine $700,000 in July of 2004 for investment banking services rendered in connection with the EiC Acquisition that was completed on June 18, 2004 (see Note 4).

In September 2002 the Company announced the receipt of a proposal from Fox Paine to acquire all of the shares of the Company’s common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders (the “Acquisition Proposal”).

102




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Fox Paine and its affiliates own approximately 64% of the Company’s outstanding shares or 37.0 million shares of a total of 57.7 million shares outstanding as of December 31, 2003. The Company’s Board of Directors formed a special committee composed of two independent directors not affiliated with Fox Paine (the “Special Committee”) to review the Acquisition Proposal. On March 27, 2003, Fox Paine withdrew its Acquisition Proposal. In 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred $680,000 and $509,000, respectively, of costs and expenses related to the Acquisition Proposal.

18.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 28, 2005 (the “Closing Date”), WJ Communications, Inc (the “Company”) completed its acquisition of Telenexus, Inc. (“Telenexus”). Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 19, 2005 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and between the Company, WJ Newco, LLC (the “WJ Sub”), Telenexus and Richard J. Swanson, Wilfred K. Lau, David Fried, Kurt Christensen and Mark Sutton (together, the “Shareholders”), Telenexus merged with and into the WJ Sub (the “Merger”) effective on January 29, 2005. The WJ Sub was the survivor in the Merger and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Telenexus designs, develops, manufactures and markets radio frequency identification (“RFID”) reader products for a broad range of industries and markets. By virtue of the Merger, the Company purchased through the WJ Sub all of the assets necessary for the conduct of the RFID business of Telenexus, consisting primarily of, and including, but not limited to RFID modules, baseband processing algorithm technology, applications software and realizations of several reader product designs. The consideration paid by the Company on the Closing Date to the Shareholders (the “Closing Consideration”) in connection with the Merger consisted of cash in the amount of $3.0 million, which was paid out of the Company’s cash reserves on the Closing Date, and 2,333,333 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares”) valued at $8.2 million at the Closing Date. Of the Closing Consideration, cash in the amount of $0.5 million and 333,333 shares of the Company’s Common Stock are being held in escrow with respect to any indemnification matter under the Merger Agreement. In addition to the Closing Consideration, the Shareholders may be entitled to further compensation of up to $5.0 million in cash and shares of the Company’s Common Stock if the Company achieves certain revenue targets by July 28, 2006 (together with the Closing Consideration, hereinafter referred to as the “Consideration”). The fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined based on the average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock over a 5-day period beginning two trading days before and ending two trading days after the amended terms of the acquisition were agreed to and announced (January 31, 2005). Two of the Shareholders, Richard J. Swanson and Wilred K. Lau also entered into three-year employment agreements with the Company.

103




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA—UNAUDITED

The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, selected data from our consolidated statements of operations on a quarterly basis. The consolidated statements of operations data have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, these statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information for the periods presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this filing.

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 28,

 

June 27,

 

Sept. 26,

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2004

 

2004

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

$

7,071

 

 

$

8,414

 

$

8,929

 

$

7,921

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

3,195

 

 

3,308

 

4,536

 

4,240

 

Gross profit

 

 

3,876

 

 

5,106

 

4,393

 

3,681

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired in-process research and development(1)

 

 

 

 

8,500

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

4,057

 

 

4,085

 

4,308

 

4,594

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

2,834

 

 

2,941

 

3,512

 

3,167

 

Amortization of deferred stock comp

 

 

58

 

 

63

 

57

 

65

 

Restructuring reversals(2)

 

 

 

 

(430

)

(3,416

)

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

6,949

 

 

15,159

 

4,461

 

7,826

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(3,073

)

 

(10,053

)

(68

)

(4,145

)

Interest income

 

 

166

 

 

155

 

167

 

195

 

Interest expense

 

 

(25

)

 

(28

)

(20

)

(32

)

Other income—net

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

 

 

(2,932

)

 

(9,926

)

79

 

(3,977

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

6,542

 

 

 

1,133

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

3,610

 

 

$

(9,926

)

$

1,212

 

$

(3,977

)

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.16

)

$

0.02

 

$

(0.07

)

Basic average shares

 

 

59,396

 

 

60,254

 

60,908

 

60,968

 

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.16

)

$

0.02

 

$

(0.07

)

Diluted average shares

 

 

67,476

 

 

60,254

 

65,913

 

60,968

 


(1)    During 2004, $8.5 million of the purchase price for the acquisition of the wireless infrastructure business and associated assets from EiC was allocated to acquired in-process research and development expense (“IPRD”). Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no future alternative use. Technological feasibility is defined as being equivalent to a beta-phase working prototype in which there is no remaining risk relating to the development. The IPRD charge related to the EiC acquisition which was made up of two projects:  12V heterojunction bipolar transistor (“HBT”) power amplifiers and 28V HBT high power amplifiers which had an assigned value of $1.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively. The value of these projects was determined by estimating the discounted net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the projects, reduced by the portion of the revenue attributable to developed technology and the percentage of completion of the project. The nature of the efforts to develop the acquired in-process research and development into commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all prototyping and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can meet its design specification including function, features and technical performance requirements. Therefore, the amount allocated to in-process research and development has been charged to operations.

104




WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA—UNAUDITED (Continued)

(2)    During the second quarter of 2004, the Company delayed the closure of its internal wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) for a minimum of three months to assess the integration of the EiC acquisition into its existing operations which resulted in an approximate $430,000 reduction in its lease loss accrual.  During the third quarter of 2004, the Company decided to not close its fab as the Company believes that integrating the newly acquired fab from EiC with its pre-existing fab will offer the Company certain benefits over outsourcing the pre-existing fab. As such, the Company reversed the remainder of this lease loss accrual of $3.6 million. Also during the third quarter of 2004, the Company revised its lease loss assumptions for its other facilities based on reductions in sublease occupancy rates and current facility costs. As such the Company accrued $161,000 of additional lease loss.

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 30,

 

June 29,

 

Sept. 28,

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

 

2003

 

2003

 

2003

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

$

7,691

 

 

$

5,484

 

$

6,903

 

$

6,487

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

4,798

 

 

3,571

 

3,928

 

3,198

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,893

 

 

1,913

 

2,975

 

3,289

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

4,468

 

 

4,281

 

4,200

 

3,857

 

Selling and administrative

 

 

2,712

 

 

2,687

 

2,198

 

2,613

 

Amortization of deferred stock comp

 

 

35

 

 

20

 

19

 

43

 

Recapitalization merger(3)

 

 

736

 

 

35

 

2

 

(93

)

Restructuring reversal

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

(33

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

7,930

 

 

7,023

 

6,419

 

6,387

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(5,037

)

 

(5,110

)

(3,444

)

(3,098

)

Interest income

 

 

218

 

 

195

 

167

 

175

 

Interest expense

 

 

(12

)

 

(38

)

(23

)

(44

)

Other income (expense)—net(4)

 

 

11

 

 

1,084

 

(4

)

3

 

Loss from operations before income taxes

 

 

(4,820

)

 

(3,869

)

(3,304

)

(2,964

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

631

 

 

16

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

$

(4,189

)

 

$

(3,853

)

$

(3,304

)

$

(2,964

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

(0.07

)

$

(0.06

)

$

(0.05

)

Basic and diluted shares used to calculate net loss per share

 

 

56,516

 

 

56,354

 

56,698

 

57,723

 


(3)    The Company’s 2003 recapitalization merger expense is a non-recurring expenditure comprised of expenses incurred by the special committee to our Board of Directors to review a proposal from an affiliate, Fox Paine & Company LLC to acquire all of the shares of the Company’s common stock held by unaffiliated stockholders. In 2003, Fox Paine & Company LLC withdrew its proposal.

(4)    During the second quarter of 2003, the Company completed the sale of its Thin-Film product line to M/A-COM, a unit of Tyco Electronics previously announced in December, 2002. The sale included equipment, inventory, intellectual property, training and services. The Company received total proceeds of $1.8 million and recorded a net gain of $1.1 million as other income. The Company had initially received an advance payment on this agreement of $272,000 in 2002 which was included as accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. That advance payment is now recognized as part of the $1.8 million of proceeds during 2003.

105




 

Item 9.                        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9a.                 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We conducted an evaluation (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (“Disclosure Controls”) as of the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. Based on this Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our Disclosure Controls were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The “Report of Management” regarding management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and the related attestation “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” by our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche, LLP is set forth in Part II Item 8 on pages 59 and 61 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Controls

We have evaluated our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), and there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter, other than as described below, that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

On October 14, 2004, prior to the filing of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 26, 2004, our audit committee was advised by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, that during their performance of review procedures related to our unaudited interim financial statements for the quarter ended September 26, 2004 they identified a “material weakness” in our internal controls over financial reporting, as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), Auditing Standard No. 2. As defined by the PCAOB, a material weakness is “a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.” The material weakness related to a failure to record an accounting entry for a material severance charge resulting from the modification of two option agreements on September 10, 2004 (extension of the option exercise period). The entry was subsequently recorded in the appropriate period and was included in our unaudited interim financial statements for the quarter ended September 26, 2004.

106




We fully remediated this material weakness in the fourth quarter of 2004 by strengthening our disclosure control procedures to ensure that all information relevant to our financial reporting resulting from any decisions made or resolutions enacted by our Board of Directors and its committees is communicated to our Principal Accounting Officer (Corporate Controller) or other financial personnel with a sufficient understanding of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America to ascertain any potential effect on our financial statements in the appropriate reporting period. Specifically, we took steps to establish a written communications policy with our board of directors and add this item to our financial statement preparation checklist.  We believe these remedial actions have corrected the material weakness and strengthened our internal control over financial reporting.

CEO and CFO Certifications

In Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 of this report there are Certifications of the CEO and the CFO. The Certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Section 302 Certifications). This Item of this report, which you are currently reading is the information concerning the Evaluation referred to in the Section 302 Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Item 9b.                 OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

Item 10.                 DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers:  (ages are as of March 21, 2005)

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

58

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

W. Dexter Paine, III

 

44

 

Chairman of the Board

Liane J. Pelletier

 

47

 

Director

Bruce W. Diamond

 

45

 

Director

Dag F. Wittusen

 

60

 

Director

Michael E. Holmstrom

 

62

 

Director

Jack G. Levin

 

57

 

Director

Catherine P. Lego

 

48

 

Director

Jan Loeber

 

61

 

Director

Ephraim Kwok

 

50

 

Senior Vice President—Chief Financial Officer

Javed S. Patel

 

49

 

Senior Vice President—Sales and Marketing

Thomas R. Kritzer

 

51

 

Senior Vice President—Corporate Development

Neil Morris, Ph.D.

 

46

 

Chief Technology Officer

Ronald N. Buswell

 

56

 

Senior Vice President—Marketing and Product Line Management

James A. Mravca

 

43

 

Senior Vice President—Strategic Marketing and New Business Development

Robert J. Bayruns

 

47

 

Vice President—Engineering

Rainer N. Growitz

 

49

 

Vice President—Finance and Secretary

David R. Pulvino

 

45

 

Corporate Controller—Principal Accounting Officer

 

107




Directors of the Company

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D. was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of WJ Communications in March 2002. Dr. Farese has the strategic and overall operating responsibility for building WJ Communications into a leading provider of semiconductors and IC’s for the wireless and wireline communications industry. Dr. Farese has over thirty years of broad based telecommunications industry experience including an extensive background in cellular and wireless subscriber equipment. Prior to joining WJ Communications, Dr. Farese held numerous senior management positions including President & CEO, Tropian Inc., Vice President & General Manager-Global Personal Networks, Motorola, Vice President & General Manager-American Business Group, Ericsson, Vice President, Product Planning & Strategy, Nokia, Executive Director-Business Systems, IT&T and Division Manger-Networks Business Systems, AT&T. Dr. Farese received a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, a M.S. degree in electrical engineering from Princeton University and a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Rensselaer. Dr. Farese is also a member of the Board of Directors of Communications Intelligence Corp. (NasdaqSC: CICI).

W. Dexter Paine, III, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and a director since January 2000, is the co-founder of Fox Paine & Company and has been its President since its inception in 1997. Mr. Paine also serves as a director of Alaska Communications Systems Group Inc. (NasdaqNM: ALSK), the leading diversified facilities-based telecommunications provider in Alaska and since September 2003 he has served as a director of United National Group, Ltd. (Nasdaq—UNGL). From 1994 until founding Fox Paine, Mr. Paine served as a senior partner of Kohlberg & Company. Prior to joining Kohlberg & Company, Mr. Paine served as a general partner at Robertson Stephens & Company. Mr. Paine has a B.A. in economics from Williams College.

Liane J. Pelletier, a director since October 2003, Ms. Pelletier serves as Chief Executive Officer and President of Alaska Communications Systems (ACS). Prior to joining ACS Ms. Pelletier was with Sprint Corporation for 17 years, most recently as a member of the Executive Management Committee and Chief Integration Officer. For the three years prior to that appointment, Ms. Pelletier served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy & Business Development. Ms. Pelletier also served as a Vice President in a wide variety of departments, including corporate strategy, customer acquisition and retention, and marketing positions to both business and consumer customers. She has worked with all major facets of Sprint’s product offerings, including wireless, long distance, and local service. Before joining Sprint, she worked as a consultant at Touche Ross and Temple, Barker, Sloane. Ms. Pelletier has an MBA from M.I.T. and B.A. from Wellesley College.

Bruce W. Diamond, a director since July 2003, Mr. Diamond is the Chief Operating officer of Zilog Inc. Prior to joining Zilog in November 2002, he was President and Chief Operating Officer at Sipex Inc. from January 2001 through October 2002. Previously, Mr. Diamond was at Anadigics where he served as Senior Vice President Operations since October 1997. He received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois.

Dag F. Wittusen, a director since July 2003, has over thirty years of financing and investment banking experience. He was recently appointed Executive Vice President and Special Advisor of Kvaerner ASA, a public company located in Oslo, Norway. From 1996 to 2005 Mr. Wittusen was a senior executive with the Oslo based Aker ASA group of companies, encompassing several public companies and also related to Kvaerner. Prior to joining the Aker group, he was co-founder and managing partner of Orkla Finans AS, Oslo based investment bank. Mr. Wittusen previously served as Senior Vice President of Eksportfinans, Oslo,  and on the staff of the World Bank, Washington, D.C. He received a B.A. degree with Honors in Political Science and Economics from Brown Unversity and an M.P.A. in International Economics from Princeton University. Mr.Wittusen resides in Oslo, Norway.

108




Michael E. Holmstrom, a director since July 2004, has over 35 years financial experience in the telecommunications industry. Most recently Mr. Holmstrom was at Elektryon Inc. where he served as President until March 2002. Prior to joining Elektryon as Chief Financial Officer in 2000, Mr. Holmstrom served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Alaska Communications Systems Group beginning in 1999. From 1998 to 1999 Mr. Holmstrom was Chief Financial Officer for Atlantic Tele-Network in the U.S. Virgin Islands. From 1996 to 1998 he was the Chief Operating Officer for Spectrum Network Systems, Ltd. in Sydney, Australia. Prior to 1996, Mr. Holmstrom held numerous senior management and consulting positions including Vice President of Unregulated Operations, Chief Financial Officer and then President of CP National Corporation, Executive-in-Residence professor of business strategy at Texas A&M University, Vice President of Financial and Business Planning at Pacific Telecom, and Vice President of Finance at Alascom, Inc. Mr. Holmstrom has a B.S. in Business Administration from Gannon University.

Jack G. Levin, a director since July 2004, Mr. Levin was the Chief Operation Officer with Fox Paine and Company from February 2004 through March 15, 2005. Prior to joining Fox Paine, Mr. Levin was a founder and managing member of Kalkhoven, Pettit and Levin Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm focused on the fiber optic and telecommunications industry. Mr. Levin was also a partner of, and Director of Legal and Regulatory Affairs for, Montgomery Securities until 1999. During his 17 years at Montgomery Securities (and it’s successor firm, Banc of America Securities, LLC), Mr. Levin was an active member of the investment banking commitment committee, the investment committees of the firm’s venture capital partnerships and the managing partner of MontWest Capital Partners, a joint venture of Montgomery Securities and Westinghouse Financial Corporation, established to do leveraged buyouts. Mr. Levin attended Amherst College (A.B., Political Science, Cum Laude, Woodruff Fellowship Award, 1969) and the Columbia University School of Law, (J.D., Harlan Fiske Stone Scholar, 1973). Mr. Levin is a retired member of the Bar of the State of New York.

Catherine P. Lego, a director since October 2004, Ms. Lego is currently Managing Partner of The Photonics Fund which is focused on investing in early stage component, module and systems companies in the fiber optic telecommunications market. Ms. Lego also currently sits on the Board of Directors of SanDisk Corp and private photonics company K2 Optronics. Prior to forming The Photonics Fund, Ms. Lego provided consulting services to early stage electronic companies at Lego Ventures and was a General Partner at Oak Investment Partners. Prior to Oak Investment Partners, Ms. Lego was a CPA with Coopers and Lybrand. She received her M.S. from NY University School of Business and her B.A. from Williams College

Jan Loeber, a director since January 2005, Mr. Loeber is currently Chairman of the Board of Newfound Communications Inc., a member of the Board of Directors of Tele2 in Sweden, an advisor to the Supervisory Board of Interxion, BV in The Netherlands and an advisory board member of APAX, a U.K. based venture capital and portfolio management company. Previously Mr. Loeber held leadership positions at a number of companies as the founding Managing Director of GTS Carrier Services in Brussels, Managing Director of Bankers Trust’s Global Telecom Merchant Banking Group, founding Managing Director of Unitel (acquired by T-Mobile) in London and Group President of Nokia Americas. He has also held other senior management positions at ITT Europe in Brussels and at AT&T (Bell Laboratories) in New Jersey. Mr. Loeber received his B.S. from Michigan Technological University and his M.S. in business administration from George Washington University.

Executive Officers of the Company

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D. was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of WJ Communications in March 2002. Dr. Farese’s previous work experience is described above.

109




Ephraim Kwok was appointed as the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) in December 2004. Mr. Kwok is responsible for finance and accounting, human resources, investor relations and corporate development. Previously Mr. Kwok served as Chief Financial Officer of Summit Microelectronics, a privately held analog semiconductor company. From 1998 to 2001 he served as CFO of Elantec Semiconductor, a public company that was acquired by Intersil Inc. At Elantec, Mr. Kwok led a successful follow-on public offering and helped to manage the company through significant growth in its operations and market capitalization. He currently is a member of the board of directors of Infrant Technologies, Inc. Mr. Kwok received his Masters in Business Administration from the Haas School of Business at U.C. Berkeley and his B.S. from U.C. Davis.

Javed S. Patel joined WJ Communications in August 2002 and serves as Senior Vice President Sales and Marketing responsible for worldwide business operations including product line management, product marketing, sales management, marketing and business development, and marketing communications for the Company. Before joining WJ Communications, Mr. Patel was Vice President of Sales and Marketing for Tropian Incorporated, a private RF semiconductor company. Prior to Tropian, Mr. Patel worked for 15 years at Anadigics, a leading RF semiconductor company. At Anadigics, Mr. Patel was a key member of the management team from the company’s inception. He was responsible for managing all aspects of Anadigics marketing, direct and indirect global sales force and field application engineers. Mr. Patel has an M.B.A. degree from Drexel University, Philadelphia, PA, and he received both M.S. and B.S. degrees in electrical engineering from the University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS.

Thomas R. Kritzer has served as Senior Vice President Corporate Development since October 2003. Prior to this Mr. Kritzer served in a variety of managerial positions including Executive Vice President Operations and Senior Vice President Semiconductor Products following our recapitalization merger in January 2000. Mr. Kritzer was one of the first participants in our efforts to create commercial communications products during 1995 from the original defense technology and product base. Since joining WJ Communications as a member of the technical staff in 1978, Mr. Kritzer has held various technical and managerial positions including product line experience in both the defense and communications businesses. Mr. Kritzer earned a B.A. in Physics from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and an M.S. in Physics from Purdue University.

Neil Morris, Ph.D. has served as Chief Technology Officer since joining WJ Communications in August 2002. Dr. Morris leads the activity responsible for establishing and managing the Company’s technology roadmap, technical agenda, and evaluating technology based partnerships with leading companies in the semiconductor industry. Prior to joining WJ Communications, Dr. Morris was Senior Director of Advanced Technology for Philips Semiconductors, a global leader in RF technology, where he was responsible for the company’s semiconductor technology development and support of new product introductions for advanced wireless and RF applications. Over a five year period, Dr. Morris held various domestic and international management positions at Philips Semiconductors and was a key contributor to the success of the company’s technology portfolio for mobile phone markets (DECT, CDMA, and TDMA applications). Dr. Morris has also held an array of senior management positions at other leading semiconductor companies including Mitel Semiconductors, Thesys Microelectronic Systems (Germany) and LSI Logic (U.K). Dr. Morris has a Ph.D. in Semiconductors and a B.Sc. with honors in Electronics from the University of Surrey, United Kingdom.

Ronald N. Buswell was appointed Senior Vice President of Marketing and Product Line Management in January 2002 and is responsible for marketing and product line management. Previously Mr. Buswell was Senior Vice President of Semiconductor and Wireless Business Development responsible for sales, marketing and product line management. From 1997 through 1999, Mr. Buswell was director of original equipment manufacturer products and was responsible for RF integrated assemblies for wireless communications. During 1995 and 1996, Mr. Buswell, as manager of integrated assembly marketing, was

110




responsible for product marketing for our initial wireless communications business. Mr. Buswell received a B.S.E.E. from Michigan Technological University and an M.S.E.E. from the University of Michigan.

James A. Mravca was appointed Senior Vice President Strategic Marketing and New Business Development in January 2002. Previously he served as Senior Vice President Engineering Design and was responsible for all product engineering design functions. Mr. Mravca has also served as Vice President Product Marketing, Vice President Fiber Optic Business Development, and Vice President Advanced Technology. Prior positions held by Mr. Mravca include director of advanced development, member of technical staff, engineering and manufacturing management positions. Mr. Mravca joined WJ Communications in 1984. Mr. Mravca received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Champaign, IL., and an M.S. in Engineering Management from Stanford University, Palo Alto, CA.

Robert J. Bayruns joined WJ Communications in October 2003 as Vice President of Engineering and is responsible for directing and managing engineering and developing new technologies and products for the Wireless and RFID markets. He served most recently as Vice President of Engineering and Product Development at Mobilian Inc. where he helped the company finish their first product and successfully sell the company to INTEL Inc. Previously he was Vice President of Engineering at Tropian, an advanced wireless communications technology company. Prior to that he was at Anadigics Inc. at its start-up in 1985 where he held a variety of engineering and managerial positions including Vice President of Business and Advanced Product Development. Mr. Bayruns has published over 30 technical papers, holds 12 U.S. patents and has served on the IEEE ISSCC, IEDM, and MTTS technical program committees. Mr. Bayruns has a M.S.E.E. from Rutgers University and a B.S. from Spring Garden College.

Rainer N. Growitz was appointed Vice President Finance and Secretary following our recapitalization merger in January 2000. Mr. Growitz is responsible for corporate financial planning, forecasting and management for WJ Communications. From 1997 until January 2000, Mr. Growitz served as Director of Finance. Mr. Growitz joined WJ Communications in 1978 and held a variety of finance, contracts and managerial positions. Mr. Growitz received a B.S. in Accounting from San Jose State University.

David R. Pulvino was appointed Corporate Controller—Principal Accounting Officer following our recapitalization merger in January of 2000. Mr. Pulvino is responsible for directing all of our accounting operations. From 1997 through January 2000, Mr. Pulvino served as Director of Accounting. Mr. Pulvino joined WJ Communications in 1981 and held a variety of accounting and managerial positions. Mr. Pulvino received a B.S. in Accounting from Santa Clara University, California.

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Audit Committee is currently composed of directors Holmstrom, Wittusen and Lego. The Board of Directors has determined that both Messrs. Holmstrom and Wittusen and Ms. Lego are an “independent director” as that term is defined in Rule 4200(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Holmstrom qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Stockholders should understand that this designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to Mr. Holmstrom’s experience and understanding with respect to certain accounting and auditing matters. The designation does not impose on Mr. Holmstrom any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than are generally imposed on him as a member of the Audit Committee and Board of Directors, and his designation as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this SEC requirement does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the Audit Committee or Board of Directors.

111




Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, we believe, based solely on a review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 (including amendments) with which it has been furnished, that all filings required pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to us were timely made.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, responsive to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC. A copy of our code of ethics which is captioned “Senior Financial Officer Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy” is posted and publicly available on our internet website at www.wj.com. This website address is intended to be an inactive, textual reference only; none of the material on this website is part of this report. If there are any amendments to or waivers, of the code of ethics, we intend to promptly disclose the nature of any such amendment or waiver on our website.

Item 11.                 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Directors

General

Directors who are also employed by us do not receive any additional compensation for their services as a director. Non-employee directors are eligible to participate in the WJ Communications, Inc. amended and restated 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “Non-Employee Director Plan”) approved by the stockholders at the Company’s 2003 annual meeting:

·       Each non-employee director who joins the Board will receive an option to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock upon the commencement of his or her directorship. Any director, officer, employee, partner or other affiliate of Fox Paine and/or its controlled affiliates who becomes a member of the Board shall not be eligible for the initial option award;

·       Each non-employee director who is re-elected to the Board will receive an option to acquire 10,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock upon the re-election of his or her directorship;

·       Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash award of $15,000 for every full year in which he or she serves;

·       Each non-employee director that serves as chair of the Audit Committee will receive an annual cash award of $10,000 for every full year in which he or she serves;

·       Each other non-employee director that serves as a member of the Audit Committee will receive an annual cash award of $5,000 for every full year in which he or she serves;

·       Annual cash awards shall be payable quarterly in four equal installments beginning on the date on which the annual meeting of stockholders is held. In the event that a non-employee director’s directorship is terminated before completion of a full service year, the annual cash award will be prorated according to the time served during such service year;

·       Each non-employee director will receive $1,000 in cash for each Board or Committee meeting attended except if there are multiple meetings on the same day in which case the maximum payment will be $1,000;

112




·       Each non-employee director shall be reimbursed for reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.

Option Vesting

Options to purchase shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Plan will vest and become exercisable in cumulative annual installments of 25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the grant of the option, unless a change in control (as defined in the Non-Employee Director Plan) occurs, whereby all options vest and become immediately exercisable in exchange for the per share consideration to be received in the change in control by holders of Common Stock, or the cash equivalent of the same, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof to which the Board delegates administration of the Non-Employee Director Plan (the “Plan Administrator”).

Deferral

Each non-employee director may elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of the cash otherwise payable. In the event such an election is made, the electing non-employee director will receive his or her cash in one or a series of distributions to commence as soon as practicable following the date of termination of his or her directorship. In the event a change in control occurs, all deferred cash is distributed to the electing non-employee director.

Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the compensation earned for services rendered to the Company in all capacities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its four next most highly compensated executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Named Officers”).

 

 

 

Long-Term Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Securities

 

All Other

 

 

 

Annual Compensation

 

 Stock award 

 

 Underlying 

 

Compensation

 

Name and Principal Position

 

 

 

Year

 

Salary($)

 

Bonus($)

 

($)

 

Options

 

($)(1)

 

Current Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

2004

 

350,000

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

1,400,000

 

 

8,708

 

 

President and Chief Executive

 

2003

 

350,000

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

Officer

 

2002

 

282,702

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

 

Javed S. Patel

 

2004

 

225,004

 

29,000

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

6,750

 

 

Senior Vice President, Sales and

 

2003

 

221,932

 

23,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

Marketing

 

2002

 

78,565

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

700,000

 

 

2,357

 

 

Neil Morris, Ph.D.

 

2004

 

215,020

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

56,449

 

 

Chief Technical Officer

 

2003

 

215,020

 

14,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,864

 

 

 

 

2002

 

78,565

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

54,813

 

 

Thomas R. Kritzer

 

2004

 

200,200

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

6,006

 

 

Senior Vice President, Corporate

 

2003

 

200,200

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

Development

 

2002

 

200,200

 

24,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,500

 

 

Robert J. Bayruns

 

2004

 

200,000

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

 

Vice President, Engineering

 

2003

 

31,539

 

 

 

 

 

650,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113





(1)          Represents Company’s annual contribution to the Named Executives 401(k) plan account. For Dr. Morris totals also include certain cost of living and relocation expenses in the amounts of $49,998, $72,638 and $54,813 for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. See Employment Contracts and Change in Control Arrangements.

Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year.   The following table sets forth grants of options to purchase shares of Common Stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 to each of the Named Officers:

 

Potential Realizable Value

 

 

 

At Assumed Annual Rates

 

 

 

Of Stock Price Appreciation

 

Individual Grants

 

For Option Term

 

Name
(a)

 

  Number of   
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted (#)
(b)

 

Percent Of
Total
Options
Granted to

Employees
In Fiscal Year
(c)

 

Exercise
Price

($/Sh)
(d)

 

Expiration
Date
(e)

 

5% ($)
(f)

 

10% ($)
(g)

 

Current Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

 

1,400,000

 

 

 

46.3

%

 

 

$

3.55

 

 

Mar-2014

 

$

3,125,606

 

$

7,920,900

 

President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Javed S. Patel

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

Nov-2014

 

$

69,965

 

$

177,304

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas R. Kritzer

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

Nov-2014

 

$

34,982

 

$

88,652

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neil Morris, Ph.D.

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

Nov-2014

 

$

55,972

 

$

141,843

 

Chief Technical Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert J. Bayruns

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

$

2.23

 

 

Nov-2014

 

$

27,986

 

$

70,922

 

Vice President, Engineering

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

Nov-2014

 

$

180,715

 

$

288,054

 

 

114




Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values.   The following table sets forth information with respect to the Named Officers concerning option exercises for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and exercisable and unexercisable options held as of December 31, 2004:

Name

 

 

 

Shares Acquired
On Exercise (#)

 

Value
Realized

 

Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End(#)
Exercisable/Unexercisable

 

Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End($)(a)
Exercisable/Unexercisable

 

Current Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

 

30,000

 

 

$

21,255

 

1,670,000 / 1,700,000

 

$562,600 / $580,000

 

President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Javed S. Patel

 

 

12,000

 

 

$

32,571

 

317,178 / 350,000

 

$874,528 / $868,250

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas R. Kritzer

 

 

62,500

 

 

$

156,179

 

516,279 / 799,000

 

$

1,053,306 / $1,640,128

 

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neil Morris, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

300,000 / 340,000

 

$805,500 / $855,700

 

Chief Technical Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert J. Bayruns

 

 

29,166

 

 

$

66,321

 

150,004 / 540,830

 

$14 / $270,880

 

Vice President,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Engineering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(a)           Aggregate values in these two columns represent the excess of $3.48 per share, the market value of the Common Stock on December 31, 2004, over the respective exercise prices of the options. The actual amount, if any, realized upon exercise of stock options will depend upon the market price of the Common Stock relative to the exercise price per share of the stock option at the time the stock option is exercised. There is no assurance that the values of unexercised in-the-money options reflected above will be realized.

Employment Contracts and Change in Control Arrangements

Employment Agreement with Michael R.Farese Ph.D.   Under the amended and restated employment agreement between the Company and Dr. Farese, effective as of November 11, 2004, Dr. Farese is employed to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President for a three-year period with automatic one-year extensions, unless either the Company or Dr. Farese gives no less than 90 days advance written notice of an intention not to extend the term. Dr. Farese’s annual base salary will remain at $350,000, which may be increased in the years following the first anniversary of the effective date, but may not be decreased.

Dr. Farese is eligible for an annual target incentive bonus opportunity of one-hundred percent of his then-current annual base salary based on achievement of certain financial performance objectives and certain major business objectives as determined by the Compensation Committee, his annual bonus for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004 shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of his prior employment agreement dated February 4, 2002

Subject to the approval of any plan amendment or adoption by the Company’s shareholders, as required under the Nasdaq exchange rules applicable to the adoption or expansion of equity compensation

115




arrangements and Dr. Farese’s consent to the cancellation by the Company of the grant of options to acquire 1.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock made to him in March 2004, Dr. Farese will be granted 372,500 Time-Vested Restricted Stock Units (“Time RSUs”) with 312,500 Time RSUs to be one hundred percent vested as of the date of grant and 60,000 Time RSUs to vest ratably on a monthly basis over a thirty-month period following the grant date and 500,000 Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Units (“Performance RSUs”) which shall vest upon achievement of certain average trading prices of the Company’s common stock as set forth in the Employment Agreement. Each Time RSU and Performance RSU (together the “RSUs”) that are vested shall be convertible into an equal number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The terms and conditions of the Executive Time Vesting Stock Option Agreement dated March 4, 2002 shall remain unchanged for the purposes of this Employment Agreement except that the time period during which vested options can be exercised following a termination of employment by the Company without cause, by Dr. Farese for good reason, or because of his death or disability shall in each case be eighteen months.

Dr. Farese’s employment agreement also provides for other benefits including the right to participate in fringe benefit plans, life and disability insurance plans, expense reimbursement, reimbursement for documented supplemental life insurance, club dues, estate and tax planning, and vacation in accordance with the Company’s top management vacation policy.

On March 4, 2002, the Company loaned Dr. Farese, $90,000 pursuant to a promissory note executed by Dr. Farese. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of the note shall accrue at an annual rate equal to one half of one percent (1/2 %) above the applicable federal rate as defined under Section 12274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code. All unpaid principal and unpaid interest are due and payable in full on the third anniversary of the note. Dr. Farese paid the principal and unpaid interest on the note in full in May 2003.

Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, if the Company terminates Dr. Farese’s employment other than for cause or disability or if Dr. Farese terminates his employment with the Company for good reason (a “Termination Event”), and Dr. Farese’s employment is not terminated automatically as a result of his death, the Company will pay him an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent of his annual base salary. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the severance benefit shall be computed as an amount equal to two hundred ninety-nine percent of his annual base salary solely in a circumstance in which there has occurred a change in control within three months prior to the Termination Event. Also, within six months following a change in control, any then unvested RSUs shall become fully vested as of such termination date. Dr. Farese shall also remain eligible to receive group health insurance benefits under the Company’s benefit plans for one year following the termination of his employment with the Company so long as such benefit plans permit such continued participation (or for three years following the termination of his employment with the Company in the event of a change in control).

Dr. Farese’s employment agreement also provides that during the 12-month period following any termination of his employment, Dr. Farese will not directly, indirectly or as an agent on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity:

·       hire, solicit, encourage the resignation of, or in any other manner seek to engage or employ any person who is then, or within the prior three months had been, an employee of the Company, whether or not for compensation and whether or not as an officer, consultant, adviser, independent sales representative, independent contractor or participant; or

·       contact, solicit, service or otherwise have any dealings related to the sale, manufacture, distribution, marketing or provision of products, components, equipment, hardware, other technology or services of any sort in the wireless communications industry or any other industry or business or prospective industry or business in which the Company participates or is contemplating participating in as of such termination in employment, with any person or entity with whom the Company has a current or known prospective business relationship or who is or was at the time of his employment with the

116




Company, including any predecessor or successor entity a customer, vendor or client of the Company, or a known prospective customer, vendor or client, in each case such activity by Dr. Farese does or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the relationship between the Company and any such third party.

The employment agreement with Dr. Farese also provides for the protection of the Company’s confidential information and for the ownership by the Company or the assignment to us of any employment-related inventions of Dr. Farese.

Employment Agreements with Thomas R.Kritzer, Javed S. Patel, Neil Morris, and Robert J. Bayruns.   The Company entered into employment agreements with Thomas R. Kritzer, Javed S. Patel, Neil Morris and Robert J. Bayruns on January 31, 2000, August 12, 2002, August 12, 2002 and October 8, 2003 respectively. These agreements employ Messrs. Kritzer, Patel, Morris and Bayruns to the executive offices set forth under the “Management-Executive Officers,” and are substantially similar to that of Dr. Farese, except as follows:

·       Mr. Kritzer’s initial annual base salary was set at $200,200. Mr. Patel’s initial base salary was set at $210,000. Dr. Morris’s initial base salary was set at $215,000. Mr. Bayruns’ initial base salary was set at $200,000;

·       Mr. Kritzer is eligible to receive an annual bonus up to 35% of annual base salary for each fiscal year if the Company meets specific business targets. Mr. Patel and Mr. Bayruns are eligible to receive an annual bonus up to 60% of annual base salary for each fiscal year if the Company meets appropriate business targets. Dr. Morris is eligible to receive a quarterly bonus up to 60% of quarterly base salary for each fiscal quarter if the Company meets specific business targets;

·       Dr. Morris, in addition to his compensation is eligible to receive a cost of living and relocation differential in the amount of $50,000 per year for each completed year of full-time employment with the Company up to a maximum of four (4) years. Furthermore, Dr. Morris received certain relocation and trip expenses necessarily incurred in relocating to the San Francisco Bay area;

·       The severance benefit payable to Messrs. Kritzer, Patel, Morris and Bayruns upon the termination of employment for good reason, or by the Board of Directors without cause, or if the Board of Directors elects not to extend the employment period upon its expiration, is an amount equal to the annual base salary payable over the 12-month period immediately following such termination; or

·       The severance benefit payable to Messrs. Kritzer, Patel, Morris and Bayruns and upon the termination of employment within three months following a change of control is an amount equal to 150% of the annual base salary payable over the 12-month period immediately following such termination;

·       Messrs. Kritzer, Patel, Morris and Bayruns employment agreements do not provide for proposed restricted stock units contemplated in Dr. Farese’s agreement that are subject to the approval of any plan amendment or adoption by the Company’s shareholders, as required under the Nasdaq exchange rules applicable to the adoption or expansion of equity compensation arrangements;

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Messrs. Paine and Thorn served as members of the Compensation Committee of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. None of these individuals was an officer or employee of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, or ever has been an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Mr. Paine is affiliated with Fox Paine. See Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for information regarding Fox Paine. Mr. Thorn was previously a member of the board and was affiliated with Fox Paine, however he resigned from his position with Fox Paine and from our board of directors in October 2004.

117




Item 12.                 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table lists, as of March 18, 2005, information as to the beneficial ownership of Common Stock by (i) each of the Company’s directors and nominee for directorship, (ii) each executive officer of the Company for whom information is given in the Summary Compensation Table under “Compensation of Executive Officers” below, (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group, and (iv) each person or entity believed by the Company to beneficially own more than five percent (5%) of the Common Stock outstanding. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each beneficial owner has the sole power to vote and to dispose of all shares held by that holder. In each instance, information as to the number of shares owned and the nature of ownership has been provided by the individuals identified or described and is not within the direct knowledge of the Company.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

 

 

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership(2)

 

Percent of
Common Stock(2)

 

Fox Paine Capital, LLC(3)

 

 

25,492,044

 

 

 

40.0

%

 

Fox Paine Capital Fund, L.P.(3)

 

 

24,155,413

 

 

 

37.9

%

 

FPC Investors, L.P.(3)

 

 

358,422

 

 

 

 

*

 

Kopp Investment Advisors, LLC(4)

 

 

10,347,491

 

 

 

16.2

%

 

W. Dexter Paine, III(5)

 

 

25,542,173

 

 

 

40.1

%

 

Liane J. Pelletier(6)

 

 

6,250

 

 

 

 

*

 

Bruce W. Diamond(7)

 

 

6,250

 

 

 

 

*

 

Dag F. Wittusen(8)

 

 

6,250

 

 

 

 

*

 

Michael E. Holmstrom

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Jack G. Levin

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Catherine P. Lego(9)

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

Jan Loeber(10)

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.(11)

 

 

2,503,000

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

Ephraim Kwok(12)

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

Robert J. Bayruns(13)

 

 

187,498

 

 

 

 

*

 

Javed S. Patel(14)

 

 

378,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

Thomas R. Kritzer(15)

 

 

933,351

 

 

 

1.5

%

 

Neil Morris, Ph.D.(16)

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

*

 

*All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)(18)

 

 

31,253,691

 

 

 

45.7

%

 


*       The percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1%.

(1)          Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the beneficial owners identified is c/o WJ Communications, Inc., 401 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.

(2)          Unless otherwise noted, each person has voting and investment power, with respect to all such shares. Based on 63,727,232 shares of Common Stock outstanding. Pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, certain shares of Common Stock which a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date hereof pursuant to the exercise of stock options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(3)          Fox Paine & Company, LLC is the manager of (i) Fox Paine Capital Fund, LP (“LP1”), a direct owner of 24,155,413 shares of Common Stock of WJ Communications, Inc. (the “Issuer”), and (ii) FPC Investors, LP (“LP2”) (collectively, LP1 and LP2 are “LPs”), a direct owner of 358,422 shares of Common Stock of the Issuer. Fox Paine Capital, LLC is the General Partner of each of the LPs and the manager of each of WJ Coinvestment Fund I, LLC, WJ Coinvestment Fund III, LLC and WJ Coinvestment Fund IV, LLC (collectively, the “Funds”), which directly own 601,478, 251,155 and

118




125,576 shares, respectively, of Common Stock (the “Shares”) of the Issuer. As a result, each of the Reporting Persons may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owners of 25,492,044 shares of Common Stock of the Issuer owned by the LPs and the Funds

(4)          As reported by Kopp Investment Advisors, LLC and related entities on Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2005. In its Schedule 13G, Kopp Investment Advisors, LLC states that as of December 31, 2004, it has sole voting power as to 6,952,641 shares, shared voting power as to no shares, sole dispositive power with respect to 2,400,000 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 5,832,591 shares. In addition, Mr. LeRoy C. Kopp, who controls Kopp Holding Company, LLC which owns 100% of Kopp Investment Advisors, LLC, has sole voting power as to 2,114,900 shares, shared voting power as to no shares, sole dispositive power with respect to 2,114,900 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to no shares. The address of Kopp Investment Advisors, LLC and related entities is 7701 France Avenue South, Suite 500, Edina, MN 55435

(5)          Includes 25,492,044 shares beneficially owned as described in footnote 3, 47,629 shares awarded to Mr. Paine under the amended and restated 2000 Non Employee Director Stock-Compensation Plan receipt of which has been deferred, and 2,500 shares issuable to Mr. Paine subject to currently exercisable options .

(6)          Represents 6,250 shares issuable to Ms. Pelletier subject to currently exercisable options.

(7)          Represents 6,250 shares issuable to Mr. Diamond subject to currently exercisable options.

(8)          Represents 6,250 shares issuable to Mr. Wittusen subject to currently exercisable options.

(9)          Represents 10,000 shares held of record by Ms. Lego.

(10)   Represents 90,000 shares held of record by Mr. Loeber.

(11)   Represents 3,000 shares held of record by Dr. Farese and 2,500,000 shares issuable subject to currently exercisable options which excludes shares contemplated to be issued in connection with the amendment to Dr. Farese’s employment agreement which provides for time and performance vested restricted stock units, that are subject to shareholder approval.

(12) Represents 75,000 shares held of record by Mr. Kwok.

(13)   Represents 31,249 shares held of record by Mr. Bayruns and 156,249 shares issuable subject to currently exercisable options.

(14)   Represents 70,822 shares held of record by Mr. Patel and 307,178 shares issuable subject to currently exercisable options.

(15)   Represents 384,072 shares held of record by Mr. Kritzer and 549,279 shares issuable subject to currently exercisable options.

(16)   Represents 300,000 shares issuable to Dr. Morris subject to currently exercisable options.

(17)   Includes shares deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. Paine as a result of their relationships with and to Fox Paine Capital. Excluding such shares, all directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own 1,062,334 shares held of record and 4,699,313 shares issuable under currently exercisable options.

119




Item 13.                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Management Agreement

On January 31, 2000, Fox Paine Capital Fund, an investment fund managed by Fox Paine & Company, LLC (“Fox Paine & Company” or “Fox Paine”), became the controlling stockholder of the Company. Fox Paine Capital Fund acquired its controlling position in an all cash merger between FP-WJ Acquisition Corp. and the Company, then called Watkins-Johnson Company (the “Recapitalization Merger”), whereby Fox Paine Capital Fund and its co-investors paid a total of $50.8 million for approximately 91.1% of the Common Stock of the Company (or $41.125 per pre-split share as the Common Stock was then constituted). Messrs. Paine and Thorn are affiliated with Fox Paine.

As part of the Recapitalization Merger, the Company entered into a management agreement with Fox Paine & Company. Since the Recapitalization Merger, and for each subsequent year, the Company will pay Fox Paine a fee in the amount of 1% of the Company’s net income before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and equity in earnings (losses) of minority investments, calculated without regard to the fee. In exchange for its management fee, Fox Paine assists the Company with its strategic planning, budgets and financial projections and helps the Company identify possible strategic acquisitions and recruit qualified management personnel. Fox Paine also assists in customer and supplier relationships on behalf of the Company and consults with the Company on various matters including tax planning and public relations strategies, economic and industry trends and executive compensation. Due to the Company’s loss incurred in 2001, 2002 and 2003, no management fees were paid to Fox Paine for the years ended December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004. The Company has agreed to reimburse Fox Paine for its expenses incurred in providing these services. The Company paid Fox Paine $108,000, $6,000 and $82,000 for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Fox Paine for the years ended December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively. The Company also paid Fox Paine $700,000 in July of 2004 for investment banking services rendered in connection with the EiC Acquisition that was completed on June 18, 2004 (See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K).

Fox Paine will continue to provide management services under this agreement until its affiliates no longer own shares of Common Stock or are no longer represented on the Board of Directors. The management agreement with the Company is similar to those entered into between Fox Paine and each of the other companies acquired by Fox Paine’s affiliates. In connection with this agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify Fox Paine against various liabilities that may arise as a result of the management services it will perform for the Company. The Company has also agreed to reimburse Fox Paine for its expenses incurred in providing these services.

Shareholders’ Agreement

On January 31, 2000, the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement with Fox Paine Capital Fund, investors affiliated with Fox Paine Capital Fund and several non-fund investors, including co-investors and certain employees of the Company. Under the shareholders’ agreement, subject to limited exceptions:

·       Fox Paine Capital Fund and its affiliates, as a group, may make up to five demands for registration under the Securities Act of their shares of Common Stock;

·       In the event the Company registers any of its equity securities under the Securities Act, or shares of Common Stock of Fox Paine Capital Fund pursuant to a demand registration, each of the Company’s other stockholders who are a party to the agreement, may exercise piggyback registration rights to include all or a portion of its shares of Common Stock in the registration.

120




In the event that either Fox Paine Capital Fund and its affiliates makes a demand for registration, the Company has agreed to pay all expenses related to that registration. The Company has also agreed to indemnify Fox Paine Capital Fund against various liabilities associated with such registration.

The shareholders’ agreement also provides that the Company’s stockholders who are a party to the agreement will vote their shares in order to ensure that if and to the extent Fox Paine Capital Fund owns shares of Common Stock, Fox Paine Capital Fund will be represented on the Board of Directors.

Fox Paine exercised registration rights in connection with the secondary underwritten public offering that we completed January 28, 2004.

Item 14.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Fees billed by our principal accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Deloitte Entities”) are as follows:

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

  December 31,  

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Audit fees

 

 

$

781,258

 

 

 

$

248,687

 

 

Audit-related fees

 

 

53,116

 

 

 

15,810

 

 

Tax fees

 

 

261,526

 

 

 

152,521

 

 

All other fees

 

 

 

 

 

33,958

 

 

Total

 

 

$

1,095,900

 

 

 

$

450,976

 

 

 

Audit fees billed or expected to be billed by the Deloitte Entities include professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, the reviews of the financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the filing of Registration Statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission and fees required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Audit-related fees are fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements and included due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, and consulting on financial accounting/reporting standards and controls. Tax fees are professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax consulting and tax planning including services related to the audit of our 1996 through 2000 tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and associated amended state returns. All Other Fees consist of fees for products and services other than the services reported above. For 2003, All Other Fees specifically represents an advisory project related to the Company’s lease structure and the cost of an educational workshop.

The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the principal accountant’s independence and has concluded that the non-audit services provided by the Deloitte Entities are compatible with maintaining the Deloitte Entities’ independence.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee approves in advance all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee considers whether the provision of any proposed non-audit services is consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence and has pre-approved certain specified audit and non-audit services to be provided by the Deloitte Entities for up to twelve (12) months from the date of the pre-approval. If there are any additional services to be provided, a request for pre-approval must be submitted by management to the Audit Committee for its consideration. The Audit Committee pre-approved all of the services performed in 2004 and 2003 by the Deloitte Entities relating to the “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees” described above as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

121




PART IV

Item 15.                 EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)    1.                Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, of the Company, and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 62 are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

2.     Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statement schedule of the Company is filed as part of this Form 10-K. All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

 

Page

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

127

 

 

3.     Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the following index to exhibits are filed as part of, or hereby incorporated by reference into, this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filing

 

Filed

Number

 

 

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No

 

Exhibit

 

Date

 

Herewith

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 25, 1999, by and between FP-WJ Acquisition Corp. and the Registrant

 

8-K

 

1-5631

 

2.1

 

10/28/99

 

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

3.1

 

7/12/00

 

 

3.2

 

By-Laws of the Registrant

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

3.2

 

7/12/00

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen of Common Stock Certificate

 

8-A

 

000-31337

 

4.1

 

8/14/00

 

 

4.2

 

Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2000, by and among the Registrant, the Parties listed on the signature pages thereto and certain stockholders of the Registrant

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

4.2

 

7/26/00

 

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Thomas R. Kritzer

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.4

 

7/12/00

 

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2000, by and between the Registrant and Rainer N. Growitz

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.6

 

8/16/00

 

 

10.3

 

WJ Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.8

 

7/12/00

 

 

122




 

10.4

 

Lease (Phase I) dated March 24, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 401 River Oaks, LLC

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.9

 

7/12/00

 

 

10.5

 

Lease (Phase II) dated March 24, 2000, by and between the Registrant and 401 River Oaks, LLC

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.10

 

7/12/00

 

 

10.6

 

Management Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2000, by and between Registrant and Fox Paine & Company, LLC

 

S-1/A

 

333-38518

 

10.17

 

7/12/00

 

 

10.7

 

WJ Communications, Inc. 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan

 

S-8

 

333-52408

 

99.2

 

12/21/00

 

 

10.8

 

Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

8-K

 

000-31337

 

10.1

 

11/15/04

 

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated WJ Communications, Inc. 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan.

 

10-Q

 

000-31337

 

10.1
and
10.2

 

8/12/03

 

 

10.10

 

Second Amendment to WJ Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10-Q

 

000-31337

 

10.1
and
10.2

 

8/12/03

 

 

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 29, 2003, by and among the Registrant and Comerica Bank.

 

10-Q

 

000-31337

 

10.1
and
10.2

 

10/30/03

 

 

10.12

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated September 29, 2003, by and among the Registrant and Comerica Bank.

 

10-Q

 

000-31337

 

10.1
and
10.2

 

10/30/03

 

 

10.13

 

Acquisition related agreements by and between WJ Communications, Inc., EiC Corporation and EiC Enterprises Limited dated June 18, 2004.

 

8-K/A

 

000-31337

 

2.1,
2.2,
4.1,
4.2 and
10.1

 

9/01/04

 

 

10.14

 

Employment Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Ephraim Kwok.

 

8-K

 

000-31337

 

10.1

 

12/21/04

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

123




 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (see signature page)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

31.1

 

Certification of Michael R. Farese, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

31.2

 

Certification of Ephraim Kwok, Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

32.1

 

Certification of Michael R. Farese, Ph.D., principal executive officer, Pursuant To 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

32.2

 

Certification of Ephraim Kwok, principal financial officer, Pursuant To 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

(b)          The exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are the same as Item 15(a) 3 above.

(c)           See Item 15(a)2 above.

124




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on the 30th day of March 2005.

 

WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

 

(Registrant)

 

Date March 30, 2005

By:

/s/ MICHAEL R. FARESE, PH.D.

 

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of WJ Communications, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint Michael R. Farese, Ph.D., and Ephraim Kwok, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby, ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ MICHAEL R. FARESE, PH.D.

 

President, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Michael R. Farese, Ph.D.

 

(principal executive officer) , Director

 

3/30/2005

/s/ EPHRAIM KWOK

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Ephraim Kwok

 

(principal financial officer)

 

3/30/2005

/s/ DAVID R. PULVINO

 

Controller

 

 

David R. Pulvino

 

(principal accounting officer)

 

3/30/2005

/s/ W. DEXTER PAINE, III

 

Chairman of the Board

 

3/30/2005

W. Dexter Paine, III

 

 

 

 

/s/ MICHAEL E. HOLMSTROM

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Michael E. Holmstrom

 

 

 

 

125




 

/s/ LIANE J. PELLETIER

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Liane J. Pelletier

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

Bruce W. Diamond

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAG F. WITTUSEN

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Dag F. Wittusen

 

 

 

 

/s/ JACK G. LEVIN

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Jack G. Levin

 

 

 

 

/s/ CATHERINE P. LEGO

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Catherine P. Lego

 

 

 

 

/s/ JAN LOEBER

 

Director

 

3/30/2005

Jan Loeber

 

 

 

 

 

126




SCHEDULE II

WJ COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
(in thousands)

 

 

Balance at

 

Charged (Credits)

 

Charged to

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Beginning of

 

to Costs and

 

Other

 

Recoveries/

 

End of

 

Description

 

 

 

Period

 

Expenses

 

Accounts

 

(Write-offs)

 

Period

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

21

 

 

 

$

51

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

7

 

 

 

$

79

 

 

Sales return allowance

 

 

75

 

 

 

760

 

 

 

 

 

 

(761

)

 

 

74

 

 

Distributor stock rotation reserve

 

 

196

 

 

 

847

 

 

 

 

 

 

(705

)

 

 

338

 

 

Ship & debit allowance

 

 

29

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

5

 

 

Warranty reserve

 

 

36

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

54

 

 

Total

 

 

$

357

 

 

 

$

1,769

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,576

)

 

 

$

550

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

429

 

 

 

$

(393

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(15

)

 

 

$

21

 

 

Sales return allowance

 

 

116

 

 

 

481

 

 

 

 

 

 

(522

)

 

 

75

 

 

Distributor stock rotation reserve

 

 

247

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

 

 

(270

)

 

 

196

 

 

Ship & debit allowance

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

29

 

 

Warranty reserve

 

 

54

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

36

 

 

Total

 

 

$

846

 

 

 

$

369

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(858

)

 

 

$

357

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

1,398

 

 

 

$

(720

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(249

)

 

 

$

429

 

 

Sales return allowance

 

 

60

 

 

 

719

 

 

 

 

 

 

(663

)

 

 

116

 

 

Distributor stock rotation reserve

 

 

385

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

247

 

 

Ship & debit allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warranty reserve

 

 

84

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

54

 

 

Total

 

 

$

1,927

 

 

 

$

(74

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(1,007

)

 

 

$

846

 

 

 

127